Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2010

 

or

 

o          TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File Number 0-20574

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

51-0340466

(State or other jurisdiction

 

(I.R.S. Employer

of incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

 

 

26901 Malibu Hills Road

 

 

Calabasas Hills, California

 

91301

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (818) 871-3000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights

 

(Currently attached to and trading with the Common Stock)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o   No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o

 

Smaller reporting company o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o   No x

 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter, June 29, 2010, was $1,242,201,311 (based on the last reported sales on The NASDAQ Stock Market on that date).

 

As of February 16, 2011, 59,929,728 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, were outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates by reference information from the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 1, 2011.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

PART I

 

3

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

15

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

24

Item 2.

Properties

24

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

24

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

24

 

 

 

PART II

 

25

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

25

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

26

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

29

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

41

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

42

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

42

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

42

Item 9B.

Other Information

42

 

 

 

PART III

 

43

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

43

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

43

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

43

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

43

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

43

 

 

 

PART IV

 

44

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

44

 


 


Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Certain information included in this Form 10-K and other materials filed or to be filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), as well as information included in oral or written statements made by us or on our behalf, may contain forward-looking statements about our current and expected performance trends, growth plans, business goals and other matters.  These statements may be contained in our filings with the SEC, in our press releases, in other written communications, and in oral statements made by or with the approval of one of our authorized officers. Words or phrases such as “believe,” “plan,” “will likely result,” “expect,” “intend,” “will continue,” “is anticipated,” “estimate,” “project,” “may,” “could,” “would,” “should,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  These statements, and any other statements that are not historical facts, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as codified in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Acts”).

 

In connection with the “safe harbor” provisions of the Acts, we have identified and are disclosing important factors, risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements made by us, or on our behalf (see Item 1A, “Risk Factors”).  These cautionary statements are to be used as a reference in connection with any forward-looking statements.  The factors, risks and uncertainties identified in these cautionary statements are in addition to those contained in any other cautionary statements, written or oral, which may be made or otherwise addressed in connection with a forward-looking statement or contained in any of our subsequent filings with the SEC.  Because of these factors, risks and uncertainties, we caution against placing undue reliance on forward-looking statements.  Although we believe that the assumptions underlying forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be incorrect, and there can be no assurance that forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made.  Except as may be required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to modify or revise any forward-looking statement to take into account or otherwise reflect subsequent events or circumstances arising after the date that the forward-looking statement was made.

 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

 

General

 

As of February 23, 2011, The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated (referred to herein as the “Company” or as “we,” “us” and “our”) operated 164 upscale, casual, full-service dining restaurants: 150 under The Cheesecake Factory® mark; 13 under the Grand Lux Cafe® mark; and one under the RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen® mark.  We also operated two bakery production facilities and licensed two limited menu bakery cafes under The Cheesecake Factory Bakery Cafe® mark to another foodservice operator.  Throughout this report, we use the term “restaurants” to include The Cheesecake Factory, Grand Lux Cafe and RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen, unless otherwise noted, and exclude the two bakery production facilities and two licensed bakery cafes, unless otherwise noted.

 

Our business operations originated in 1972 when Oscar and Evelyn Overton founded a small bakery in the Los Angeles area.  Their son, David Overton, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, led the creation and opening in 1978 of the first The Cheesecake Factory restaurant in Beverly Hills, California.  In February 1992, our Company was incorporated in Delaware to consolidate the restaurant and bakery businesses of its predecessors operating under The Cheesecake Factory® mark.  Our executive offices are located at 26901 Malibu Hills Road, Calabasas Hills, California 91301, and our telephone number is (818) 871-3000.

 

Restaurant sales represented 96% of our revenues in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.  Our restaurants generally range in size from 7,000 to 15,000 interior square feet, provide full alcoholic beverage service and are generally open seven days a week for lunch and dinner, as well as Sunday brunch.  Hours of operation are generally from 11:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m., except on weekends when most of our restaurants stay open past midnight, and on Sunday when most of our restaurants open at 10:00 a.m. for brunch.

 

Our bakery operations create and market branded bakery products under The Cheesecake Factory®, The Cheesecake Factory Bakery® and The Dream Factory® marks as well as private-label bakery products to other foodservice operators, retailers and distributors (“bakery sales”) in order to leverage our brand identity with consumers and to profitably utilize our bakery production capacity.  Bakery sales represented approximately 4% of our revenues for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.  For segment information, see Note 16 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

 

In January 2011, we announced our initial expansion plans outside of the United States.   See the section entitled “International Expansion” in this Item 1 in this Form 10-K for further discussion of our international licensing agreement.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

We maintain a website at www.thecheesecakefactory.com .  On our website, we make available at no charge our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, all amendments to those reports, and our proxy statements, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file this material with or furnish it to the SEC.  Our filings are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .  The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

 

The Cheesecake Factory Restaurant Concept

 

The Cheesecake Factory restaurants strive to provide a distinctive, high quality dining experience at moderate prices by offering an extensive, innovative and evolving menu in an upscale casual, high energy setting with attentive, efficient and friendly service.  As a result, The Cheesecake Factory restaurants appeal to a diverse guest base across a broad demographic range.  Our extensive menu enables us to compete for substantially all dining preferences and occasions from the key lunch and dinner day parts to the mid-afternoon and late-night day parts, which are traditionally weaker times for most casual dining restaurant operations.  The Cheesecake Factory restaurants are not open for breakfast, but do offer Sunday brunch.  All of our restaurants are open seven days a week.  All items (excluding alcoholic beverages) on the menu, including approximately 40 varieties of cheesecake and other quality baked desserts, may be purchased for off-premise consumption, which represented approximately 9%, 8% and 8% of total Cheesecake Factory restaurant sales in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

The Cheesecake Factory menu features over 200 items, in addition to items presented on supplemental menu cards, including appetizers, pizza, seafood, steaks, chicken, burgers, specialty items, pastas, salads, sandwiches, omelets and desserts.  Examples of menu offerings include Chicken Madeira, Cajun Jambalaya Pasta, Thai Lettuce Wraps and Crispy Chicken Costoletta.  Menu items, except those desserts manufactured at our bakery production facilities, are prepared from scratch daily on the restaurant premises with high quality, fresh ingredients using innovative and proprietary recipes.  We consider the extensive selection of items on our menu to be an important factor in the differentiation of our restaurants from our competitors.

 

The Cheesecake Factory menu features all-natural chicken with no added hormones, premium beef that is Certified Angus, U.S.D.A. American Style Kobe Wagyu, Prime or Choice, fresh fish that is either longline or hook and line caught whenever possible, cooking oils that contain no trans fat according to United States Food and Drug Administration Food Labeling Guidelines, and produce that is mainly sourced directly from premium growers.  In addition, we offer certified organic, fair trade, shade-grown coffee, and certified organic black and herbal teas.

 

One of our competitive strengths is our ability to anticipate consumer dining and taste preferences and adapt our menu to the latest trends in food consumption. We regularly update our ingredients and cooking methods, as well as create new menu items, to improve the quality and consistency of our food and keep our menu relevant to consumers.  Generally, we review our entire menu every six months, in the winter and in the summer, for guest appeal and pricing.  All new menu items are tested and selected based on uniqueness, anticipated sales popularity, preparation technique and profitability.

 

Our ability to create, promote and attractively display our unique line of desserts is also important to the competitive positioning and financial success of our restaurants.  Our brand identity and reputation for offering high quality desserts results in a higher percentage of dessert sales compared to most chain restaurant operators.  Dessert sales represented approximately 15% for fiscal 2010, 15% for fiscal 2009, and 14% for fiscal 2008 of The Cheesecake Factory restaurant sales.

 

Each of our restaurants offers a full-service bar where our entire menu is served.  Our alcoholic beverage sales represent approximately 13% of The Cheesecake Factory restaurant sales for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.  Most of our alcoholic beverage sales occur with meal purchases.

 

We place significant emphasis on the unique interior design and decor of our restaurants, which results in a higher investment per square foot of restaurant space than is typical for the casual dining industry.  However, each of our restaurants has historically generated annual sales per square foot that are also typically higher than our competitors.  Our stylish restaurant design and decor contributes to the distinctive dining experience enjoyed by our guests.  Each restaurant features large, open dining areas and a contemporary kitchen design. More than 85% of our restaurants offer outdoor patio seating as weather permits.  Approximately 20% of our total estimated productive seating capacity is located on outdoor patios, which can be subject to underutilization from time to time due to adverse or unseasonable weather conditions.  The table and seating layouts of our restaurants are flexible, permitting tables and seats to be easily rearranged to accommodate large groups or parties, thus permitting more effective utilization of seating capacity.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Grand Lux Cafe Restaurant Concept

 

Grand Lux Cafe is an upscale casual dining concept that offers unique American and international menu items in an elegant but relaxed atmosphere.  The menu at Grand Lux Cafe offers approximately 200 items, including appetizers, pasta, seafood, steaks, chicken, burgers, salads, specialty items and desserts.  Examples of menu offerings include our Chop House Burger, Buffalo Chicken Rolls, Crispy Caramel Chicken and Santa Barbara Grilled Chicken Sandwich.  A full-service bar, as well as an onsite bakery which produces made-to-order desserts, are also elements of this concept.  All of our Grand Lux Cafes are open seven days a week.  Our location in the Venetian Resort-Hotel-Casino in Las Vegas, Nevada is open 24 hours a day and its sister location in the Palazzo Resort-Hotel-Casino is open 20 to 21 hours a day.  Both locations also serve a breakfast menu.

 

We will further refine Grand Lux Cafe’s architectural design and layout, as well as its menu, in order to position the concept appropriately for potential future growth.  Although we did not open any new Grand Lux Cafes in fiscal 2009 or fiscal 2010, we gained valuable insight into the concept during this time, including the types of markets in which it performs well, how guests perceive the concept based on its design and decor, how guests use the restaurant, and the appropriate size of future units.  We continue to search for premier locations that would be suitable for this concept and intend to incorporate the knowledge we gained over the past few years into future sites.

 

RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen Concept

 

RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen is a unique concept featuring a Southeast Asian menu in an upscale casual dining setting.  It showcases the cuisines of Thailand, Vietnam, Malaysia, Singapore, Indonesia and India with approximately 80 dishes served Asian family-style to create an atmosphere that encourages sharing and conversation.  Examples of menu offerings include Shaking Beef, Crispy Chicken Samosas, Lacquered BBQ Ribs and Banana Leaf Chilean Sea Bass.  We currently have one RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen restaurant in operation in the Century City Shopping Center in Los Angeles, California.  The unique décor of the restaurant features design elements true to the restaurant’s Southeast Asian branding.  RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen also features a full-service bar with an extensive wine list and exotic cocktails, as well as an onsite bakery where we create freshly-made desserts that infuse traditional French flair into nearly a dozen Asian-influenced items.

 

Competition

 

The restaurant industry is highly competitive.  There are a substantial number of restaurant operators that compete directly and indirectly with us, many of which have significantly greater financial and operational resources, higher revenues and greater economies of scale than we do.  The restaurant business is affected by many factors, including changes in consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns; macroeconomic conditions; demographic trends; weather conditions; the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and energy; government regulations; and local competitive factors.  Any change in these or other related factors could adversely affect our restaurant operations.  In addition, with improving product offerings at fast casual restaurants, quick-service restaurants and grocery stores, consumers may choose to trade down to these alternatives.  As a result of these competitive factors, we must constantly evolve and refine the critical elements of our restaurant concepts over time to protect their longer-term competitiveness.

 

Other factors pertaining to our competitive positioning in the industry are addressed in the sections entitled “Restaurant Competitive Positioning,” “New Restaurant Site Selection and Development,” “Purchasing and Distribution,” “Marketing and Advertising” and “Information Technology” in this Item 1 and in our “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Form 10-K.

 

With regard to our bakery operations, national competition within the premium baked dessert category has shifted over the past several years to a lesser number of manufacturers, and the market remains highly competitive.

 

We believe that our restaurant and bakery operations compete favorably for consumers on the critical attributes of quality, variety, taste, service, consistency and overall value.

 

Restaurant Competitive Positioning

 

The restaurant industry is comprised of multiple segments, including fine dining, casual dining and quick-service.  Casual dining can be sub-divided further into fast casual, casual and upscale casual dining.  Our restaurants operate in the upscale casual dining segment, which we believe is differentiated by freshly prepared and innovative food, flavorful recipes with creative presentations, unique restaurant layouts, eye-catching design elements and more personalized service.  Upscale casual dining is positioned higher than core casual dining, with standards that are closer to fine dining.  We believe that we are a leader in upscale

 

5



Table of Contents

 

casual dining given our high average sales per restaurant and strong competitive positioning, the key elements of which include the following:

 

High Quality, High Profile Restaurant Locations and Flexible Site Layouts.   We generally locate our restaurants in high quality, high profile locations within densely populated areas with a balanced mix of residences and businesses, including shopping and entertainment outlets.  Our restaurants rely principally on the visit frequency and loyalty of our guests who work, reside or shop near each of our restaurants.  We have the flexibility to design our restaurants to accommodate a wide variety of urban and suburban site layouts, including multi-level locations.  While we have a variety of restaurant design sizes generally ranging from 7,000 to 15,000 interior square feet, we expect the majority of our new restaurants will vary from 7,000 to 10,000 square feet, from which we are able to select appropriately for each market and specific site.

 

Extensive and Innovative Menu with Award-Winning Bar and Bakery Programs.   Our restaurants offer one of the broadest menus in casual dining and feature a wide array of flavors with portions designed for sharing.  Substantially all of our menu items, except the desserts manufactured at our bakery production facilities, are prepared fresh daily on the restaurant premises using high quality ingredients based on innovative and proprietary recipes.  Our menus are generally updated twice each year to respond to evolving consumer dining preferences and needs, as well as food trends, food-related legislation and changes in consumers eating habits.  These menu updates keep our concepts relevant to consumers.  Our bakery production facilities produce over 70 varieties of quality cheesecake and other baked desserts using high quality dairy and other ingredients. We periodically introduce new and innovative cheesecakes and other baked desserts as part of our menu enhancements and for our third party customers.

 

Affordability.   We believe our restaurants are recognized by consumers for offering value with menu items across a broad array of price points and generous food portions at moderate prices.  Over the past several years, we introduced new menu items and categories at our restaurants, such as Small Plates and Snacks, further enhancing the variety and price point offerings to our guests. The estimated average check for each The Cheesecake Factory restaurant guest, including beverages and desserts, was approximately $19.00, $19.00 and $18.50 for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The estimated average check per restaurant guest at Grand Lux Cafe was approximately $19.00 for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

Distinctive Restaurant Design and Decor and Outdoor Seating.   Our restaurants’ distinctive contemporary design and decor create a high energy, non-chain image and upscale ambiance in a casual setting.  Whenever possible, outdoor patio seating is incorporated in the design of our restaurants, allowing for additional restaurant capacity, as weather permits, at a comparatively low occupancy cost per seat.  Outdoor patio seating is available at more than 85% of our restaurants.

 

Commitment to Excellent Service and Hospitality through the Selection, Training and Retention of High Quality Employees.   Our mission is to create an environment where absolute guest satisfaction is our highest priority.  We strive to consistently exceed the expectations of our guests in all aspects of their experience in our restaurants.  One of the most important aspects of delivering dependable, quality service is experienced staff members who can execute our concepts according to our high standards.  We believe our recruitment, selection, training, and rewards and recognition programs are among the most comprehensive in the restaurant industry and allow us to attract and retain qualified staff members who are motivated to consistently provide excellence in guest hospitality.  By providing extensive training and innovative compensation programs, our goal is to encourage our staff members to develop a sense of personal commitment to our core values and culture of excellence in restauranteuring and guest hospitality.  These programs have resulted in generally higher retention rates relative to the restaurant industry.  (See “Restaurant Operations and Management” below.)

 

Existing Restaurant Locations

 

As of February 23, 2011, we operated 164 upscale, casual, full-service dining restaurants: 150 under The Cheesecake Factory® mark in 35 states and the District of Columbia; 13 under the Grand Lux Cafe® mark in nine states; and one RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen® in California.  Additionally, we licensed two bakery cafes under The Cheesecake Factory Bakery Cafe® mark to another foodservice operator.  The following table sets forth information with respect to our Company-operated, full-service restaurant locations:

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Existing Company-Operated Full-Service Restaurant Locations by State

 

State

 

The
Cheesecake
Factory

 

Grand Lux
 Cafe

 

RockSugar
Pan
Asian Kitchen

 

Total

 

Alabama

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Arizona

 

6

 

1

 

 

 

7

 

California

 

32

 

1

 

1

 

34

 

Colorado

 

3

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

Connecticut

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Delaware

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

District of Columbia

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Florida

 

14

 

3

 

 

 

17

 

Georgia

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Hawaii

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Idaho

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Illinois

 

5

 

1

 

 

 

6

 

Indiana

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Iowa

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Kansas

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Kentucky

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Maryland

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Massachusetts

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Minnesota

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Missouri

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Nebraska

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Nevada

 

3

 

2

 

 

 

5

 

New Jersey

 

6

 

1

 

 

 

7

 

New York

 

8

 

1

 

 

 

9

 

North Carolina

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Oklahoma

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Ohio

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Oregon

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Pennsylvania

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Rhode Island

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Tennessee

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Texas

 

11

 

2

 

 

 

13

 

Utah

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Virginia

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Washington

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Wisconsin

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Total

 

150

 

13

 

1

 

164

 

 

Restaurant Expansion

 

We believe the viability of The Cheesecake Factory concept has been successfully demonstrated in a variety of layouts (single or multi-level, generally from 7,000 to 15,000 interior square feet), site locations (i.e., urban or suburban shopping malls, lifestyle centers, retail strip centers, office complexes and entertainment centers — either freestanding or in-line) and trade areas across the United States.  Accordingly, we intend to continue developing The Cheesecake Factory restaurants in high quality, high profile locations that meet our site standards and demographic requirements within densely populated areas in both existing and new markets.  We also continue to refine a smaller footprint restaurant which should help us to penetrate lower density markets that would not have otherwise been available to us.  In addition to expanding The Cheesecake Factory concept, we plan to selectively pursue other opportunities to leverage the competitive strengths of our restaurant operations, including the expansion of the Grand Lux Cafe and RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen concepts, as well as the potential development or acquisition of new restaurant concepts.  We also intend to seek opportunities to expand both our restaurant and bakery operations internationally (see “International Expansion” below).

 

During the past three years, many landlords delayed or cancelled new development projects, as well as extensions and renovations of existing projects, due to the instability in the credit market and a decline in consumer spending brought on by the economic downturn commencing in 2008.  This kept the number of premier sites available that we would consider for our restaurants below historical levels.  As a result, we only opened three new restaurants in fiscal 2010 and one new restaurant in fiscal 2009.  We believe the environment is improving, and in fiscal 2011, we expect to open as many as six to nine new restaurants, including one The Cheesecake Factory restaurant that opened in early February 2011.  It is difficult for us to precisely predict the timing of our new restaurant openings due to many factors that are outside of our control (see “New Restaurant Site Selection and Development” below).  We are currently looking for additional sites that meet our standards and are negotiating leases for potential future locations.  From time to time, we will evaluate opportunities to acquire and convert other restaurant locations into our concepts.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Our upscale, highly customized, casual dining restaurants draw guests from a much larger geographical area compared to most casual dining chain restaurants.  The size of our restaurant trade areas varies by location, depending on a number of factors such as population density, retail traffic generators and geography.  (See Item 1A- Risk Factors — “New Restaurant openings may negatively impact sales at our existing restaurants.”)

 

International Expansion

 

In January 2011, we announced our initial expansion plans outside of the United States.  We entered into an exclusive licensing agreement with a Kuwait-based company to build and operate The Cheesecake Factory restaurants in the Middle East.  The agreement provides for the development of 22 restaurants over the next five years in the United Arab Emirates, Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, with the opportunity to expand the agreement to include other markets in the Middle East and North Africa, Central and Eastern Europe, Russia and Turkey.  This licensing agreement includes an initial development fee, site and design fees and ongoing royalties on our licensee’s restaurant sales.  The transaction also includes an agreement to supply bakery products branded under The Cheesecake Factory trademark to such restaurants.  We do not expect this agreement to have a meaningful impact on our financial results in the near term.

 

We are evaluating other international markets, being extremely selective about our partners and focusing on well-capitalized companies with established business infrastructures, expertise in multiple countries and experience in operating upscale casual dining restaurants.  We look to partner with companies who will protect our brands and operate our concept in a high-quality, consistent way.

 

New Restaurant Site Selection and Development

 

We believe the locations of our restaurants are critical to our long-term success and, accordingly, we devote significant time and resources to analyzing each prospective site.  Since our restaurant concepts can be successfully executed within a variety of site locations and layouts, we can be highly selective and flexible in choosing suitable locations. In general, we focus on high quality, high profile sites within larger metropolitan areas with dense populations and above-average household incomes.  We also continue to refine a smaller footprint restaurant which should help us to penetrate lower density markets that would not have otherwise been available to us.  While our restaurants typically share common interior decor elements, the design of each restaurant is customized to accommodate the specifics of each site, including the building type, square footage and layout of available space.  In addition to carefully analyzing demographic information and both historical and anticipated population growth for each prospective site, we consider many other factors to assess the suitability of a location.  Our restaurants principally rely on the visit frequency and loyalty of consumers who work, reside or shop in each of our trade areas.

 

Our restaurant development model closely resembles a retail business model that occupies leased space in shopping malls, office complexes, retail strip centers, entertainment centers and other real estate developments.  We also develop freestanding restaurant locations using both ground leases and built-to-suit leases, which are commonly used to finance freestanding locations in the restaurant industry.  However, we do not rely on third party financing to obtain or construct sites although we generally receive tenant improvement allowances from our landlords as discussed below.  We generally lease our restaurant locations for primary periods of 15 to 20 years, with an option to renew.  Our rent structures vary from lease to lease, but typically provide for the payment of both minimum base rent and contingent (percentage) rent based on restaurant sales.  We are also generally responsible for our proportionate share of common area maintenance (“CAM”), insurance, property tax and other occupancy-related expenses under our leases.  Many of our leases provide for maximum allowable annual percentage or fixed dollar increases in CAM, insurance, and property tax expenses to enable us to better predict and control future variable lease costs.  Our sales volumes generally have been in excess of the threshold for percentage rent payments at a large percentage of our restaurant locations that are subject to leases with percentage rent payment provisions.

 

We expend cash for leasehold improvements and furnishings, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E”) to build out our leased premises.  We may also expend cash for structural additions that we make to leased premises.  Generally, a portion of the leasehold improvement and building costs are reimbursed to us by our landlords as construction contributions pursuant to agreed-upon terms in our leases.  If obtained, landlord construction contributions usually take the form of up-front cash, full or partial credits against minimum or percentage rents otherwise payable by us, or a combination thereof.  We own substantially all of the FF&E in our restaurants and currently plan to do so in the future.

 

The relatively high sales productivity of our restaurants provides opportunities to obtain suitable and competitive leasing terms from landlords.  Due to the flexible and customized nature of our restaurant operations and the complex design, construction and preopening processes for each new location, our lease negotiation and restaurant development time frames vary.  The development and opening process generally ranges from six to eighteen months, depending largely on the availability of the leased space we intend to occupy, and can be subject to delays either due to factors outside of our control or to our selective timing of restaurant openings.  The number and timing of new restaurants actually opened during any given period, and their associated contribution to operating

 

8



Table of Contents

 

week growth for the period, depend on a number of factors.  (See Item 1A — Risk Factors — “Selecting high quality restaurant sites for new restaurant opening is essential to our ability to grow revenues, profitability and earnings per share.”)  While we attempt to manage those factors within our control, we have experienced unforeseen and planned delays in restaurant openings from time to time in the past and could experience delays in the opening of future sites.

 

Unit Economics

 

We believe that our ability to select suitable locations and operate successful, high quality restaurants results in the continuing popularity of our restaurant concepts with consumers.  This popularity is reflected in our average sales per restaurant, which is among the highest of any publicly-held restaurant company.  The following discussion of sales and square foot averages include only The Cheesecake Factory and Grand Lux Cafe restaurant concepts.

 

Average sales per restaurant open for the full year were approximately $9.8 million, $9.6 million and $9.9 million for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Since each of our restaurants has a customized layout and differs in size, an effective method to measure the unit economics of our concepts is by square foot.  Average sales per productive square foot (defined as interior plus seasonally-adjusted patio square footage) for restaurants open for the full year were approximately $850, $830 and $860 for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008.  Our average sales metrics for a given fiscal year can be impacted by a number of factors, including consumer preferences, macroeconomic conditions, severe weather conditions and the average size of new restaurants we open during that year.  (See Item 1A — Risk Factors — for a discussion of the risks related to the foregoing factors.)  The average interior square footage for restaurants opened during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 was 9,300, 11,000 and 9,800, respectively.

 

We currently lease space for all of our restaurants and are required to expend cash for leasehold improvements and FF&E to build out the leased premises, which is targeted at an average of $650 to $750 per square foot for The Cheesecake Factory restaurants, excluding preopening costs.  The construction costs to build out our leased premises vary geographically.  Additionally, our investment cost per square foot also varies from restaurant to restaurant, depending on the complexity of our build-out of the leased space, site conditions and labor conditions in the local market.  We typically seek to obtain construction contributions from our landlords for structural additions and other leasehold improvements that we make to the leased premises.  These contributions vary from lease to lease, depending on the scope of construction activities and other factors, and are not achievable at every site.

 

In selecting sites for our restaurants, an important objective is to earn an appropriate return on investment.  However, this return cannot be meaningfully measured until our restaurants reach their mature run-rate levels of sales and profitability.  The initial return on investment performance targets for newer concepts will typically be lower than the average for an established, highly productive concept such as The Cheesecake Factory, since the first few locations of a new concept are typically in a refinement stage as they build brand recognition for a period of time.  Our return targets do not consider field supervision and corporate support expenses; exclude non-cash items such as depreciation expense; exclude income taxes; and do not represent a targeted return on investment in our common stock.

 

Our new restaurants historically open with initial sales volumes well in excess of their sustainable run-rate levels.  This initial “honeymoon” effect usually results from grand opening publicity, promotions and other consumer awareness activities that generate abnormally high customer traffic for our concepts, particularly in new markets.  During the three to six months following the opening of new restaurants, customer traffic generally settles into its normal pattern, resulting in sales volumes that gradually adjust downward to their sustainable run-rate level. Additionally, our new restaurants usually require a 90- to 120-day period after opening to reach their targeted restaurant-level margin due to cost of sales and labor inefficiencies commonly associated with new, highly complex casual dining restaurants such as ours.  (See Item 1A — Risk Factors — “Selecting high quality sites for new restaurant openings is essential to our ability to grow revenues, profitability and earnings per share” and “New restaurant openings may negatively impact sales at our existing restaurants.”)

 

Preopening Costs for New Restaurants

 

As a result of the highly customized and operationally complex nature of our upscale, high volume concepts, as well as the investment we make in properly training our staff to operate our restaurants, the preopening process for our restaurants is more extensive, time consuming and costly relative to that of most chain restaurant operations.  Preopening costs vary by location depending on a number of factors, including the proximity of our existing restaurants; the size and physical layout of each location; the number of management and hourly employees required to operate each restaurant; the relative difficulty of the restaurant staffing process; the cost of travel and lodging for different metropolitan areas; the timing of the restaurant opening and the extent of unexpected delays, if any, in obtaining final licenses and permits to open the restaurants, which may also depend on our landlords obtaining their licenses and permits, as well as completing their construction activities.

 

9


 


Table of Contents

 

Preopening costs for a typical single-story The Cheesecake Factory restaurant in an established market average approximately $1.2 million to $1.4 million and include all costs to relocate and compensate restaurant management employees during the preopening period; costs to recruit and train hourly restaurant employees; wages, travel and lodging costs for our opening training team and other support employees; and straight-line minimum base rent during the build-out and in-restaurant training periods.  Also included in preopening costs are expenses for maintaining a roster of trained managers for pending openings; the associated temporary housing and other costs necessary to relocate managers in alignment with future restaurant opening and operating needs; and corporate travel and support activities.  Preopening costs are usually higher for larger restaurants, initial entry into a new market and newer concepts.  We usually incur the most significant portion of preopening costs within the two months immediately preceding and the month of a restaurant’s opening.  Preopening costs can fluctuate significantly from period to period, based on the number and timing of restaurant openings and the specific preopening costs incurred for each restaurant.

 

Restaurant Operations and Management

 

Our ability to consistently and properly execute a made-from-scratch, complex menu in an upscale casual, high volume dining environment is critical to our overall success.  We employ detailed operating procedures, standards, controls, food line management systems, and cooking methods and processes to accommodate our extensive menu and to drive sales productivity.  However, the successful day-to-day operation of our restaurants remains critically dependent on the quality, ability, dedication and engagement of our general managers, executive kitchen managers and all other management and hourly staff members working at our restaurants.  The availability and retention of high-level restaurant management has been and continues to be a significant industry-wide challenge.  (See Item 1A — Risk Factors — “Our business and future development could be harmed if we are unable to retain key personnel or have difficulties in recruiting qualified personnel.”)

 

We believe that the high average sales volumes and popularity of our restaurants allow us to attract and retain high quality, experienced restaurant-level management and other operational personnel.  In addition, we tend to experience a higher level of management and staff member retention than the restaurant industry in general.  Each full-service restaurant is typically staffed with one general manager, one executive kitchen manager and approximately six to ten additional kitchen and front-of-the-house managers, depending on the size and sales volume of each restaurant.  Our general managers possess an average of nine years of experience with the Company.  All newly recruited restaurant management personnel complete an extensive training program during which they receive both classroom and on-the-job instruction in food quality, safety and preparation, guest service, alcoholic beverage service, liquor liability avoidance, financial management and cost controls, risk management, staff relations, and our core values and culture of guest hospitality.  Managers continue their development by participating in and completing a variety of training and development activities to assess their skills and knowledge necessary for continued upward progression through our management levels.

 

Restaurant general managers report to an area director of operations who typically supervises the operations of six to eight restaurants, depending on geographic and management experience factors.  In turn, each area director of operations reports to one of four regional vice presidents of restaurant operations.  Our executive kitchen managers report to their general managers, but are also supervised by an area kitchen operations manager responsible for between six and ten restaurants.  Our restaurant field supervision organization also includes a chief operating officer, a chief culinary officer, an operations services team and a performance development department who are collectively responsible for managing new restaurant openings and training for all operational managers and staff.

 

To enable us to more effectively compete for and retain the highest quality restaurant management personnel, we offer an innovative and comprehensive compensation program for our restaurant general managers and executive kitchen managers.  Each participant receives a competitive base salary and has the opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus (calculated and paid quarterly) based on quantitative restaurant performance metrics.  Participating restaurant general managers are also eligible to use a Company-leased vehicle, for which all non-business use is calculated and added to the participants’ taxable income in accordance with income tax regulations.  A longer-term, equity incentive program, currently based on stock options and restricted stock, is also available to participating restaurant general managers and executive kitchen managers.  Participation in our equity compensation program depends on the participants’ extended service with us in their respective positions and their achievement of certain established performance objectives during that period.

 

Our restaurant general managers are responsible for selecting and training hourly staff members for their respective restaurants.  Each restaurant is staffed, on average, with approximately 180 hourly staff members.  The actual number of staff members working in a restaurant on any given day will depend on guest traffic levels and can be scaled accordingly throughout the day as appropriate.   We require each hourly staff member to participate in a formal training program for his or her respective position in the restaurant, under the supervision of other experienced staff members and restaurant management.  We strive to foster enthusiasm and dedication in our staff members through daily staff meetings and dedicated time for training.  We regularly solicit their suggestions concerning restaurant operations and other aspects of our business.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

In order to equip our restaurant general managers, executive kitchen managers and field supervision management with the necessary tools to effectively operate our restaurants, we prepare a detailed monthly operating budget for each restaurant.  The information we provide includes comparisons of actual results to budgeted results, as well as to actual results for the prior year period.  We also measure the productivity and efficiency of our restaurant operations using a variety of statistical indicators such as daily table turns, guests served per labor hour worked, operating costs incurred per guest served and other metrics, and provide this statistical package to the management of each restaurant to assist them in better managing financial, labor, operational and other metrics.

 

Bakery Operations

 

Currently, we have two bakery production facilities: one in Calabasas Hills, California, and a second in Rocky Mount, North Carolina.  Our facility in Calabasas Hills contains approximately 60,000 square feet, of which approximately 40,000 square feet is devoted to production operations and the remainder is utilized for corporate support purposes.  Our facility in Rocky Mount contains approximately 100,000 square feet, of which approximately 70% is devoted to production operations and 20% is being used as a distribution center for our restaurants and customers located in the eastern United States.  We intend to build out the remaining space in stages as additional capacity is needed to produce cheesecakes and other bakery products for our restaurants and other foodservice wholesalers, retailers and distributors.  We have an option to acquire additional land adjacent to our current facility in North Carolina, should additional capacity be needed in the future.

 

We produce approximately 70 varieties of cheesecake in our two production facilities based on proprietary recipes.  Some of our most popular cheesecakes include the Original Cheesecake, Ultimate Red Velvet Cake Cheesecake TM  , Reese’s® Peanut Butter Cup Chocolate Cake Cheesecake TM , Godiva® Chocolate, 30th Anniversary Chocolate Cake Cheesecake, Fresh Banana Cream and Fresh Strawberry.  Other popular baked desserts include Chocolate Tower Truffle Cake TM , Carrot Cake, Black-Out Cake and Lemoncello Cream Torte.  In the aggregate, our bakery production facilities currently produce approximately 300 product SKUs (stock keeping units).

 

High quality baked desserts and other products made with the best available ingredients are essential to the successful execution of our restaurant and bakery operations.  Our bakery facilities operate under an ongoing, comprehensive food safety and quality assurance program.  This program includes, among other things, supplier qualification and plant inspections, inbound raw material testing, microbiological testing of the production environment, safety and sanitation monitoring, and finished goods testing.  Our in-house food safety and quality assurance staff audits and monitors our manufacturing practices during operation and closely monitors our compliance with the industry standard Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (“HACCP”) program.  We use both internal and external quality control laboratory resources to test raw ingredients and finished products for safety.

 

The primary role of our bakery operations is to produce innovative, high quality cheesecakes and other baked desserts for sale at our restaurants.  Dessert sales represented approximately 15% of our restaurant sales in fiscal 2010, 15% in fiscal 2009 and 14% in fiscal 2008, and are important to restaurant-level profitability.  We also sell cheesecakes and other baked products on a wholesale basis to other foodservice operators, retailers and distributors.  Approximately 60% of the bakery’s production activities are currently devoted to our outside customers, with the remaining dedicated to supplying our restaurants.  Cheesecakes and other items produced for outside accounts are marketed under The Cheesecake Factory® trademark, The Dream Factory® trademark, The Cheesecake Factory Bakery® mark and other private labels.  Current large-account customers include the leading national warehouse club operators, a national retail bookstore cafe, institutional foodservice distributors, supermarkets and other restaurant and foodservice operators.  Sales to warehouse clubs, which represent approximately two-thirds of our total outside bakery sales, are concentrated with three large warehouse club operators in the United States.  Bakery products are shipped to our restaurants and other customers throughout the United States by common carrier.  We also fulfill orders received by telephone and through our website.

 

Our bakery sells our baked goods internationally under both The Cheesecake Factory® and The Dream Factory® trademarks in over ten countries.  We have a limited distribution arrangement with one operator in Saudi Arabia to sell our baked goods in their cafe outlets under “The Cheesecake Factory of California” name and are selling our desserts at another Middle East-based coffee cafe under The Dream Factory® trademark.  Our bakery will supply The Cheesecake Factory® branded products offered in our restaurants to any licensed The Cheesecake Factory® restaurants opened in the Middle East under our exclusive licensing agreement.

 

We strive to develop and maintain long-term, growing relationships with our bakery customers, based largely on our 38-year reputation for producing high quality, creative baked desserts.  However, bakery sales volumes always will be less predictable than our restaurant sales.  (See Item 1A — Risk Factors — “Our failure to successfully operate our bakery business would have a material adverse impact on our third party bakery sales and profits.”)

 

11



Table of Contents

 

We currently maintain a full-time staff of sales and marketing and product development employees dedicated to bakery operations.  Additionally, we utilize the services of professional foodservice brokers for certain bakery products and distribution channels.

 

Purchasing and Distribution

 

We strive to obtain quality menu ingredients, bakery raw materials and other supplies and services for our operations from reliable sources at competitive prices.  We continually research and evaluate various ingredients and products in an effort to maintain high quality levels and to be responsive to changing consumer tastes.  Except for cheesecakes and other baked products, which we produce at our bakery facilities, our restaurants do not utilize a central food commissary.  Substantially all menu items are prepared daily on each restaurant’s premises from scratch using fresh ingredients.  In order to maximize purchasing efficiencies and to provide the freshest ingredients for our menu items while obtaining the lowest possible prices for the required quality and consistency, each restaurant’s management determines the quantities of food and supplies required and orders the items from local, regional and national suppliers on terms negotiated by our central purchasing staff.  Restaurant-level inventories are maintained at a minimum dollar-value level in relation to sales due to the high concentration and relatively rapid turnover of the perishable produce, poultry, meat, fish and dairy commodities that we use in our operations, coupled with limited storage space at our restaurants.

 

We attempt to negotiate short-term and long-term agreements for our principal commodity, supply and equipment requirements, depending on market conditions and expected demand.  However, we are currently unable to contract for long periods of time for certain of our commodities such as fish and most dairy items (except for cream cheese used in our bakery operations).  Consequently, these commodities can be subject to unforeseen supply and cost fluctuations.  In addition, commodity costs also can fluctuate due to other factors as discussed in Item 1A — Risk Factors — including “Increases in food costs, raw materials and other supplies and services may have a material adverse impact on our business a results of operations.”  Substantially all of our food and supplies are available from multiple qualified suppliers in virtually all cities in which our operations are located.  Independent foodservice distributors, including the largest foodservice distributor in North America, deliver most food and supply items daily to our restaurants.

 

Information Technology

 

We facilitate financial and accounting controls in our restaurants through the use of a sophisticated point-of-sale (“POS”) cash register system and computer network in each restaurant that interfaces with the computer network in our corporate offices using a high-speed, secure communication system.  The POS system is also used to authorize and transmit credit card sales transactions.  The POS system and computer network provide our restaurant management with daily information regarding sales, cash receipts, inventory, food and beverage costs, labor costs and other controllable operating expenses.  Our Kitchen Management System (“KMS”) provides automated routing and cookline balancing and is installed in all of our restaurants.  KMS has improved productivity and continues to provide synchronization in order completion, ticket time and cook time data and more efficient levels of labor without sacrificing quality.  Field supervision staff members also use computer systems that interface with the restaurant and corporate computer networks and handheld wireless devices to insure prompt communication.

 

We continue to innovate and modernize our technology infrastructure to provide improved efficiency, capability, stability and scalability.  In fiscal 2010, we implemented and leveraged a robust business intelligence solution and data warehouse architecture to empower corporate, field and restaurant management with information and insights into key operational metrics and performance indicators.  This framework provides enterprise reporting, dashboards and analytics allowing relevant and targeted access and correlations to data sources such as front desk metrics like quote accuracy and wait times, management and staff retention trends, and restaurant quality and service analysis.  We are in the process of implementing an improved back office system at our restaurants to further improve supply chain management, prep and production planning, forecasting and ordering.  We also completed the implementation of our new front desk management system, which has further streamlined our operations by improving our quote accuracy.

 

Marketing and Advertising

 

We believe our commitment to providing a differentiated total guest experience through fresh and innovative menu items, unique restaurant design and decor, and friendly, attentive service where guest satisfaction is our highest priority has created strong brand recognition for our namesake concept.  Our operational excellence continues to be a highly effective approach to attracting and retaining guests.  Accordingly, we historically relied on our reputation, as well as our high profile locations, media interest and positive “word of mouth” to retain and grow market share rather than using traditional paid advertising through television and print.  For restaurants opening in new markets, we strive to obtain local television and radio station coverage of the opening in order to benefit from the free publicity.  We also attempt to build awareness and relationships with retailers located in the same developments, mall concierges, local hotel concierges, neighborhood groups and others in the community.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

During fiscal 2009, we implemented a strategic marketing plan with the primary objectives of further building our brand awareness through high profile national/local publicity, deepening guest engagement through social media and driving sales in a cost effective way that is consistent with the high quality of our brands.  We continued to evolve this strategic platform in fiscal 2010 by building on our brand positioning, which is founded on the concept of sharing.  Most notably, this included the continuation of our relationship with Feeding America® — the nation’s leading domestic hunger-relief charity — along with an integrated promotional partnership with the American Idol® Live Tour and the addition of a new e-gift card sales channel.  We are actively using social media, such as email, Facebook® and Twitter® to engage our guests by providing an interactive forum for them to relate with us (and each other), as well as learn about what is new and exciting in our restaurants.  In fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, expenditures for marketing and advertising were approximately 1% of restaurant sales.

 

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

 

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Historically, our highest levels of revenues for our established restaurants occur in the second and third quarters of the fiscal year.  Approximately 90% of our restaurants are located in or near retail centers and malls that typically experience seasonal fluctuations in sales.  Patio seating represents approximately 20% of the total available productive seating in our restaurants and can be subject to disruption from inclement weather.  Quarterly results have been and will continue to be significantly impacted by the number and timing of new restaurant openings and their associated preopening costs and operating inefficiencies.  Our bakery operations are seasonal to the extent that the fourth quarter’s sales are typically higher due to holiday business.  Additionally, bakery sales comparisons may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to the timing and size of orders from our larger bakery customers.  (See Item 1A — Risk Factors — “Seasonality of our business and the timing of new restaurant openings could result in fluctuations in our financial performance from quarter to quarter within a fiscal year” and “Adverse weather conditions could unfavorably affect our restaurant sales.”)

 

Food Quality and Safety

 

To minimize the risk of food borne illness, we monitor compliance with industry best practice standards, including extensive training of staff in food safety, rigorous management of internal processes and conditions as validated by third party audit and certifications for Safe Quality Food standards and American Institute of Baking food safety.  We have similar procedures with respect to food safety at our restaurants.  In addition, our corporate food safety and quality assurance staff supplement our internal operational staff and external food quality monitoring programs, including a monthly review by a third-party provider to audit our food safety and sanitation.  (See Item 1A — Risk Factors — “Negative publicity about us, our restaurants or bakery products, and about others across the food industry supply chain, whether or not accurate, could harm our business”‘ and “Litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business.”)

 

Government Regulation

 

We are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws affecting our business.  Each of our restaurants is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of government authorities, which may include alcoholic beverage control, nutritional information disclosure, health, sanitation, environmental, zoning and public safety agencies in the state or municipality in which the restaurant is located.  (For a discussion of these factors, see Item 1A — Risk Factors —  including “Changes in, or any failure to comply with, applicable laws or regulations at the federal, state or local level, including mandated changes to minimum wage levels, could adversely affect our business, financial position and results.”)

 

During fiscal 2010, alcoholic beverages represented approximately 13% of our restaurant sales.  Alcoholic beverage control regulations require each of our restaurants to apply to a state authority and, in certain locations, county and municipal authorities, for licenses and permits to sell alcoholic beverages on the premises.  Typically, licenses must be renewed annually and may be subject to penalties, temporary suspension or revocation for cause at any time. Alcoholic beverage control regulations impact many aspects of the daily operations of our restaurants, including the minimum ages of patrons consuming and staff members serving these beverages; staff member alcoholic beverage training and certification requirements; hours of operation; advertising; wholesale purchasing and inventory control of these beverages; the seating of minors and the servicing of food within our bar areas; special menus and events, such as happy hours, and the storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages.  State and local authorities in many jurisdictions routinely monitor compliance with alcoholic beverage laws.

 

In addition, we are subject to dram shop statutes in most of the states in which we operate, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person.  We carry liquor liability coverage as part of our existing comprehensive general liability insurance.  (For a discussion of the potential impact of a settlement or judgment in excess of our liability insurance coverage, see Item 1A — Risk Factors

 

13



Table of Contents

 

— “Litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business” and “Increases in the cost of managing our risk profile, including employee health benefits, may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.”)

 

Various federal and state labor laws govern our operations and our relationships with our staff members, including such matters as minimum wages, breaks, overtime, fringe benefits, safety, working conditions and citizenship or work authorization requirements.  Various proposals that would require employers to provide health insurance for all of their employees are considered from time to time in Congress and various states and municipalities, including the recently enacted federal health care legislation. We are also subject to the regulations of the Office of Homeland Security, the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement.  In addition, some states in which we operate have adopted immigration employment laws which impose additional conditions on employers.

 

As a manufacturer and distributor of food products, we are subject to a number of food safety regulations, including the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the newly enacted Federal Food Safety Modernization Act.  This comprehensive regulatory framework governs the manufacture (including composition and ingredients), labeling, packaging and safety of food in the United States.  In addition, several states and local jurisdictions have adopted or are considering various food and menu nutritional labeling requirements, many of which are inconsistent or are interpreted differently from one jurisdiction to another.

 

We are subject to federal and state environmental regulations.  However, these laws have not had a material effect on our operations.  During fiscal 2010, there were no material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities, and no such expenditures are anticipated.

 

Our facilities must comply with the applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”) and related federal and state statutes.  The ADA prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability with respect to public accommodations and employment.  Under the ADA and related state laws, we must make access to our new or significantly remodeled restaurants readily accessible to disabled persons. We must also make reasonable accommodations for the employment of disabled persons.

 

We have a significant number of hourly restaurant staff members who receive income from gratuities.  We have elected to voluntarily participate in a Tip Reporting Alternative Commitment (“TRAC”) agreement with the Internal Revenue Service.  By complying with the educational and other requirements of the TRAC agreement, we reduce the likelihood of potential employer-only FICA tax assessments for unreported or underreported tips.  However, we rely on our staff members to accurately disclose the full amount of their tip income and base our reporting on the disclosures provided to us by such tipped employees.

 

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

 

We have registered, among other marks, “The Cheesecake Factory,” “Grand Lux Cafe,” “RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen,” “The Cheesecake Factory Bakery,” “The Dream Factory,” and “The Cheesecake Factory Bakery Cafe” as trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office in both restaurant and bakery goods categories, among others.  Additional trademark applications are pending.  We have also registered our ownership of the Internet domain names “www.thecheesecakefactory.com,” “www.grandluxcafe.com,” “www.rocksugarpanasiankitchen.com” and other Internet domain names, and we periodically apply for copyright protection of our restaurant menus.  We regard our trademarks and other intellectual property as having substantial value and as important factors in the marketing of our restaurants and bakery products.  We have registered, or have pending applications to register, one or more of our trademarks in more than 70 foreign countries, although we have not been able to register our marks in every country or in every category for which registration has been sought and can provide no assurance that our name and marks will be renewed in the future.  (See Item 1A — Risk Factors — “Failure to maximize or to successfully assert our intellectual property rights could impact our competitiveness.”)

 

Charitable Giving

 

In 2001, we sponsored the formation of The Cheesecake Factory Oscar and Evelyn Overton Charitable Foundation (“Foundation”), a 501(c)(3) qualified, non-profit charitable organization.  Two of our Executive Officers, David Overton and Debby Zurzolo, hold positions on the Foundation’s Board of Directors.  Our Foundation allows us to give back to our communities and provides a means for staff member participation in qualified local community service and charitable programs.  In fiscal 2010, the Foundation hosted its annual Invitational Charity Golf Tournament, raising over $200,000 in net proceeds to benefit the City of Hope, a National Cancer Institute-designated Comprehensive Cancer Center.   Since the inception of the event in 2003, the Foundation has raised $1.7 million for the City of Hope.  In addition, in fiscal 2010, the Foundation held its annual Thanksgiving Day Feast at 13 Salvation Army shelters across the country, serving approximately 6,000 low-income individuals and families.  The Foundation also supports the Salvation Army’s South Los Angeles Youth and Community Center, enabling it to provide a safe haven to at risk children and families on Saturdays.  Additionally, the Foundation helps sponsor The Cheesecake Factory Secret Ingredients TM  teams of our staff members who work directly with qualified charities in their communities to support a variety of local and national causes.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

In addition to the efforts of the Foundation, in fiscal 2010 we donated $1.3 million to Feeding America® as a lead sponsor of Hunger Action Month, a campaign to fight domestic hunger.  Our staff members also donated over 65 tons of peanut butter to local food banks across the country as part of a company-wide initiative to support Hunger Action Month.  In addition, we continued to participate in the Harvest Program by donating excess, unused food from The Cheesecake Factory and Grand Lux Cafe restaurants to qualified local and regional agencies, including food banks, soup kitchens and homeless shelters.

 

Employees

 

As of December 28, 2010, we employed approximately 31,500 staff members, of which approximately 30,300 worked in our restaurants, approximately 800 worked in our bakery operations and approximately 400 worked in our corporate center and restaurant field supervision organization.  None of our staff members are currently covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we have never experienced an organized work stoppage, strike or labor dispute.  Our working conditions and compensation packages are generally comparable with those offered by our competitors, and we consider overall relations with our staff members to be favorable.

 

Executive Officers

 

David Overton, age 64, serves as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Overton co-founded our predecessor company in 1972 with his parents, Oscar and Evelyn Overton.

 

Michael E. Jannini, age 58, was appointed President of the Company in February 2010.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Jannini spent over 20 years in various management roles with Marriott International, Inc.  He most recently served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of Global Brand Strategy and Innovation at Marriott.

 

W. Douglas Benn, age 56, was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in January 2009.  Mr. Benn is a veteran of the restaurant industry having spent more than 20 years in management roles with restaurant companies.  Prior to joining the Company, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of RARE Hospitality International, owner of the LongHorn Steakhouse and The Capital Grille concepts, prior to that company’s sale to another multi-concept, public restaurant company in October 2007.

 

Max S. Byfuglin, age 65, serves as President of The Cheesecake Factory Bakery Incorporated, our bakery subsidiary.  Mr. Byfuglin joined our bakery operations in 1982 and worked closely with our founders, serving in nearly every capacity in our bakery over the past 28 years.

 

Debby R. Zurzolo, age 54, serves as our Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel.  Ms. Zurzolo joined our Company as Senior Vice President and General Counsel in April 1999 and was appointed to her current positions in December 2003.  From 1982 until joining the Company, she practiced law at Greenberg Glusker Fields Claman & Machtinger LLP in Los Angeles, California.  As a partner with that firm, Ms. Zurzolo represented us on various real estate and other business matters.

 

ITEM 1A.               RISK FACTORS

 

Our business, operating results, financial position and/or cash flows are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties.  Our actual results could vary materially from any results expressed or implied by forward-looking statements contained in this report (and in any of our other filings with the SEC and other communications by us, both written and oral) depending on a variety of factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.  It is not possible for us to predict the impact these factors could have on us or the extent to which any one factor, or combination of factors, may adversely affect our results.

 

Continuing effects from the global economic crisis and recession, including a decline in consumer discretionary spending, materially affected us in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, and could adversely affect us in fiscal 2011 and beyond.

 

Dining in casual, upscale restaurants generally is a discretionary expense.  Factors that affect consumer behavior and spending for restaurant dining in general, such as changes in general economic conditions (including national, regional and local economic conditions), consumer tastes, discretionary spending patterns, demographic trends and employment levels, may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.  Leading economic indicators, such as unemployment and consumer confidence, remain volatile and may not show meaningful improvement in fiscal 2011.  If economic conditions worsen, our business, operating results, financial position and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Future growth in our revenues, profitability and earnings per share depends heavily on improving comparable restaurant sales.

 

Future growth in revenues and profits is highly dependent on our ability to grow comparable restaurant sales and leverage comparable sales gains by operating our restaurants efficiently.  Comparable restaurant sales changes generally occur as a result of guest traffic increases or decreases, menu pricing and menu mix shifts.  Decreases in comparable restaurant sales generally result in spreading fixed costs across a lower level of sales, which may, in turn, cause downward pressure on our profitability.  If we are unable to increase the guest traffic levels in our restaurants, it will likely hinder our ability to grow our comparable restaurant sales.

 

Changes in guest traffic levels can be impacted by a variety of factors, including macroeconomic conditions and changes in customer discretionary spending (as discussed above), competition from other restaurants (both in the upscale casual dining segment and in other segments of the restaurant industry), consumer perception of our concepts’ offerings in terms of quality, price, value and service, changes in consumer eating habits, such as trends toward eating less calories, salt and fats, and how guest experiences affect their desire to return to our restaurants.

 

We utilize menu price increases to help offset inflation of key operating costs.  If our menu price increases are not accepted by guests, resulting in reduced guest traffic, it could reduce our growth in comparable restaurant sales and negatively affect our profitability.  If our menu price increases are insufficient to absorb or offset increased costs, it could negatively affect our profitability.

 

Menu mix can be negatively impacted as a result of guests managing their checks.  If menu mix is unfavorable, it could offset some of the impact of our menu price increases, thereby lowering our potential for comparable restaurant sales growth.

 

Selecting high quality sites for new restaurant openings is essential to our ability to grow revenues, profitability and earnings per share.

 

Our future revenue and profitability growth also depends on the availability of high quality sites that meet our criteria for new restaurant development and our ability to select sites that will continue to drive high levels of sales per square foot.  Our new restaurant development can be subject to unforeseen delays due to market conditions, the highly customized nature of our restaurant concepts, and the complex design, construction, and preopening processes for each new location.  The lease negotiation and restaurant development timeframes also vary by location.  Due to continued instability in the credit market and continuing conservative consumer spending in fiscal 2010, many landlords continued to delay new projects or extensions and/or renovations of existing projects.  Also, few retail developers launched new projects for openings in future years.  Such actions may limit our choices to consider for growth opportunities.

 

The number and timing of new restaurants opened during any given period, and their associated contribution to operating week growth for the period, will depend on a number of factors including, but not limited to:

 

·                   the identification and availability of high quality locations and acceptable lease terms;

·                   the availability of suitable financing for our landlords;

·                   the financial viability of our landlords;

·                   the timing of the delivery of the leased premises to us from our landlords in order to commence build-out construction activities;

·                   the ability of our landlords and us to obtain all necessary governmental licenses and permits on a timely basis to construct and operate our restaurants;

·                   our ability to successfully manage the design, construction and preopening processes for each restaurant, and the availability and/or cost of raw materials;

·                   any unforeseen engineering or environmental problems with the leased premises;

·                   adverse weather during the construction period; and

·                   the availability of qualified operating personnel in the local market.

 

If we are unable to develop new restaurants, our ability to increase our revenues and profitability may be harmed.

 

Restrictive credit conditions, along with macroeconomic factors, had an adverse impact on certain of our landlords and other tenants in retail centers in which we are located.  If these conditions continue or worsen, it could further materially impact these parties, which in turn could negatively affect our financial results.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

The credit and lending industry continue to be restrictive.  If credit accessibility fails to improve in fiscal 2011 and beyond, our landlords may be unable to obtain financing or remain in good standing under their existing financing arrangements, resulting in their inability to provide construction contributions or failure to satisfy other lease covenants to us.  In addition, lenders are taking a more active role in reviewing tenant leases and prospective tenancies and have been more restrictive in approving tenancies and financing.  This may affect our ability to lease sites at as favorable terms as we have received in the past.

 

Several of our landlords filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and we received notices of intended foreclosures from lenders to our landlords on other projects.  While several of our landlords have filed for bankruptcy protection, many of them have now emerged from such protection and continue to own and operate the shopping centers in which we are located.  While as of the date of filing of this report, no leases have been rejected in the bankruptcy proceedings, and we have not received any indications that our occupancy rights will be disturbed by any of these proceedings, we can not be certain that such proceedings will not impact us in the future.  In addition, if these landlords (and others who have not filed for bankruptcy protection to date) are unable to obtain sufficient credit to continue to properly manage their retail sites, we may experience a drop in the level of quality of such retail centers.

 

In addition, several other tenants at retail centers in which we are located or have executed leases have ceased operations or, in some cases, have failed to open after committing to do so.  While the number of tenant closures subsided by the end of fiscal 2010, if these failures continue, they could result in a reduction of guest traffic at retail centers in which we are located.  In turn, this may contribute to a lower number of guest visits at our restaurants.  Additionally, if our landlords fail to satisfy required co-tenancies in our leases, such failures may result in us delaying openings or terminating leases in these locations.  All of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our operations.

 

Our inability to renew our restaurant leases on similar terms and conditions, or at all, could harm our business and results of operations.

 

We currently lease all of the premises in which our restaurants are located and plan to continue to do so in the future.  Should we be unable to renew these leases on similar terms and conditions, or at all, we would be required to incur additional costs to operate our restaurants, including increased rent and other costs related to our occupancy of the leased premises, and costs for the relocation and development of a restaurant with respect to which a lease was not renewed.   Additional costs related to the leasing and development of our restaurants could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

 

Our success depends substantially on the value of our brands and our reputation for offering guests a unique total experience.

 

We believe we have built a strong reputation for the quality and breadth of our menu items and bakery products, as part of the total experience that guests enjoy in our restaurants.  We believe we must protect and grow the value of our brands to continue to be successful in the future.  Any incident that erodes consumer trust in or affinity for our brands could significantly reduce their value.  If consumers perceive or experience a reduction in food quality, service or ambiance, or in any way believe we failed to deliver a consistently positive experience, including in any future restaurants operated by licensees, our brand value could suffer.

 

Negative publicity about us, our restaurants or bakery products and about other businesses across the food industry supply chain, whether or not accurate, could harm our business.

 

Adverse publicity or news reports, whether or not accurate, regarding food quality or safety issues, illness, injury, health concerns, government or industry findings concerning food products served by us, or operating issues stemming from a single restaurant, a limited number of our restaurants, a single production run of our bakery products, restaurants operated by other foodservice providers or generally in the food supply chain, could be damaging to the restaurant industry overall and specifically harm our brand and reputation.  A decrease in guest traffic as a result of these types of health concerns or negative publicity could adversely impact our results of operations.

 

Our growth strategy includes plans to improve upon and expand our Grand Lux Cafe and RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen brands.  A failure by us to successfully expand and operate these brands may negatively affect our business and results of operations.

 

As of February 23, 2011, The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated operated 164 upscale, casual, full-service dining restaurants: 150 under The Cheesecake Factory® mark; 13 under the Grand Lux Cafe® mark; and one under the RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen® mark.  Each of our restaurant concepts, as well as each of our individual restaurants, is subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this filing. However, there is an enhanced level of risk and uncertainty related to the operation and expansion of our less-established brands, Grand Lux Cafe and RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen. While we have made substantial investments in the development of these concepts, additional investments are required in order for us to refine and expand each of these concepts.  We can provide no

 

17



Table of Contents

 

assurance that these investments will be successful or that additional new unit growth will be accepted in the markets targeted for expansion of these concepts.

 

Our international expansion and global brand development efforts could negatively affect our brand, require additional infrastructure to support, and cause us to be exposed to additionally liabilities under foreign laws.

 

In January 2011, we entered into an exclusive licensing agreement with a Kuwait-based company to build and operate 22 The Cheesecake Factory restaurants over the next five years in the United Arab Emirates, Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, with the opportunity to expand the agreement to include other markets in the Middle East and North Africa, Central and Eastern Europe, Russia and Turkey. We currently have no restaurants in locations other than the United States and have not licensed our brand, trained licensees to execute our The Cheesecake Factory concept or supported a third party arrangement of this type.

 

Our licensee is authorized to operate The Cheesecake Factory restaurant concept using our trademarks, trade dress, logos and systems and to provide our branded food and bakery products directly to consumers in The Cheesecake Factory restaurants to be opened in the licensed areas.  The products and services our licensee delivers in our branded restaurants may be negatively affected by factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

 

·                   difficulties in achieving the consistency of product quality and service as compared to restaurants we operate in the United States;

·                   changes to our recipes required due to cultural differences;

·                   inability to obtain adequate and reliable supplies of ingredients and products necessary to execute our diverse menu; and

·                   differences, changes or uncertainties in economic, regulatory, legal, social and political conditions.

 

If these difficulties are attributed to us by guests in restaurants operated by our licensee, our reputation and brand value could be diminished.

 

In order to support our international expansion, we entered into an agreement with our Middle East restaurant licensee whereby our bakery will supply certain of our branded bakery products to restaurants to be developed and operating by our licensee in the Middle East.  In order to supply product to the countries in the Middle East in which we will license restaurant operations, our bakery must adapt certain recipes to eliminate prohibited ingredients, comply with labeling requirements that differ from the United States, and maintain certifications required to export to such countries.  In addition, unexpected events outside of our control, such as trade restrictions, embargos, and disruptions in shipping, may affect our ability to transport adequate levels of bakery products to our licensee, for whom we are a sole source of supply for our branded desserts.  A failure to adequately supply our licensee’s restaurants could affect the guest experience at their restaurants, result in decreased sales and, depending upon the reason for the failure, trigger contractual defaults on our part.

 

As we expand our brand internationally, we will need to comply with regulations and legal requirements, including those related to the protection of our trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property.  (See “Failure to maximize or to successfully assert our intellectual property rights could negatively impact our competitiveness” below.)  We will have additional exposure to foreign tax laws and regulations which currently do not affect us.  Additionally, we will need to comply with both domestic laws affecting United States businesses that operate internationally and foreign laws in the countries in which we expand our restaurants, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, under which we do not currently have exposure.  Also, we may become subject to lawsuits or other legal actions resulting from the acts or omissions of our licensee and, even though we may have taken reasonable steps to protect against such liabilities, including by obtaining contractual indemnifications and insurance coverage, there is no assurance that we will not incur costs and expenses as a result of our licensee’s conduct even when we are not legally liable.

 

We may be unable to appropriately scale our infrastructure in a timely manner.

 

During fiscal 2009 and 2008, we reduced our infrastructure to adapt to the reduction in comparable restaurant sales and for the reduced number of new restaurant openings planned for those years.  In fiscal 2010, we opened three new restaurants without substantially adding to our infrastructure.  However, we continue to evaluate the appropriate level of our infrastructure necessary to support our fiscal 2011 and beyond operational and development plans, including our international expansion.

 

We currently do not have corporate personnel or staffing dedicated to international development and will need to utilize the talents of existing management, some of who have prior experience with international operations, as we develop our international licensing and operations infrastructure.  The inability to find and retain management personnel to support our international expansion and the diversion of key members of our current management team towards the development of an international operations infrastructure may detract from their ability to manage our domestic operations.  Because we intend to remain highly engaged in the initial training of our licensee’s restaurants operated under our brand, we will need to temporarily assign our staff members to our

 

18



Table of Contents

 

licensee’s newly opened restaurants to insure that our brand is executed as it is in the United States.  This entails sending trainers for each of our restaurant staff positions to countries in which many of such staff members will not previously have had any exposure. Although we intend to train our staff to become familiar with local customs and laws, there is a risk that such unfamiliarity may result in unintended encounters with local traditions.

 

With respect to our domestic operations, if market conditions continue to improve and we are able to identify enough high quality sites to significantly increase the planned number of new restaurant openings in the future, we may be unable to scale or manage the growth of our corporate and field supervision infrastructure in the short term to appropriately support our operations. Likewise, if sales decline, we may be unable to reduce our infrastructure quickly enough to prevent further sales deleveraging which would adversely affect our results of operations.

 

With respect to our planned international expansion, our initial license agreement requires us to provide training and support to our licensee for its development and operation of The Cheesecake Factory restaurants in the Middle East.  One of the most important aspects of our restaurant operations in our ability to deliver dependable, quality service by experienced staff members who can execute our concepts according to our high standards.  This will initially require training our licensee’s management in United States and also will require training our licensee’s staff in the licensed territories. This will also require providing support in the selection and development of restaurant sites, product sourcing logistics, technological systems, and menu renovation. If we are unable to provide the appropriate level of infrastructure support to our licensee, our contractual relationship with our licensee and our future international expansion opportunities may be harmed.

 

Increases in food costs, raw materials and other supplies and services may have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

 

Our operating margins depend on, among other things, our ability to anticipate and react to changes in the costs of key operating resources, including food and other raw materials, energy and water, and other supplies and services.  We attempt to negotiate short-term and long-term agreements for our principal commodity, supply and equipment requirements, depending on market conditions and expected demand.  However, we are currently unable to contract for long periods of time for certain of our commodities.  Consequently, these commodities can be subject to unforeseen supply and cost fluctuations due to factors such as changes in demand patterns, increases in the cost of key inputs, fuel costs, weather and other market conditions outside of our control.  Dairy costs can also fluctuate due to government regulation.  In addition, raw materials that we may purchase on the international market are subject to fluctuations in both the value of the U.S. dollar and increases in local demand, which may increase our costs and negatively impact our profitability.

 

Our suppliers also may be affected by higher costs to produce and transport commodities used in our restaurants and bakery manufacturing facilities, higher minimum wage and benefit costs, and other expenses that they pass through to their customers, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us.  There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain these costs at levels that do not have a material adverse effect on our operations.

 

Increases in the cost of managing our risk profile, including employee health benefits, may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

We retain the financial responsibility for a significant portion of our risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability, employment practices, employee health benefits and other insurable risks through our self insurance programs.  Unfavorable fluctuations in market conditions or availability of such insurance or changes in local, state and/or federal regulations could significantly increase our self insurance costs and insurance premiums.

 

In addition, d espite our efforts to control costs while still providing competitive health care benefits to our staff members, significant increases in health care costs continue to occur, and we can provide no assurance that our cost containment efforts in this area will be effective.  Further, we are unable to accurately predict the impact of recent federal health care legislation on our health care benefit costs due to continued uncertainty with respect to implementation of such legislation, and significant increases in such costs could adversely impact our operating results.  In addition, several localities, including San Francisco, California, have adopted or are considering adoption of health care related legislation affecting employers.   There is no assurance that we will be able to absorb and/or pass through the costs of such legislation in a manner that will not adversely impact our operating results.

 

Employment-related litigation continues to increase at both the state and federal levels, particularly with respect to claims styled as class action lawsuits, which are costly to defend.  Also, some employment related claims in the area of wage and hour disputes are not insurable risks.  If our costs related to these claims continue to increase, our results of operations may be harmed.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Changes in, or any failure to comply with, applicable laws or regulations at the federal, state or local level, including mandated changes to minimum wage levels, could adversely affect our business, financial position and results.

 

Various federal, state and local labor laws and regulations govern our operations and relationships with our staff members, including minimum wages, breaks, overtime, fringe benefits (including health care benefits), safety, working conditions and citizenship and legal residency requirements.  Changes in, or any failure to comply with, these laws and regulations could subject us to fines or legal actions.  Settlements or judgments that are not insured or are in excess of our coverage limitations could have a material adverse affect on our business.  Despite our efforts to maintain compliance with legal requirements, some of our staff members may not meet federal citizenship or residency requirements.  This could result in a disruption in our work force, sanctions against us and adverse publicity.  Significant government-imposed increases in minimum wages, paid or unpaid leaves of absence and mandated health and/or COBRA benefits, or increased tax reporting, assessment or payment requirements related to our employees who receive gratuities, or changes in interpretations of existing law concerning meal and rest period breaks currently under consideration by the Supreme Court in the State of California, could be detrimental to the profitability of our restaurants and bakery operations.

 

Our staff members are subject to various minimum wage requirements.  We operate in many states, including California, where the minimum wage is higher than the federal minimum and in such states our staff members receive compensation equal to the state’s minimum wage.  There have been and may be additional minimum wage increases in excess of federal minimum wage implemented in various jurisdictions in which we operate or seek to operate.  Minimum wage increases may have a material adverse effect on our labor costs.

 

Our business is subject to extensive state and local government regulation in the various jurisdictions in which our restaurants and bakeries are located, including regulations relating to alcoholic beverage control, public health and safety, environmental hazards and food safety.  The failure to obtain and/or retain licenses, permits or other regulatory approvals could delay or prevent the opening and/or continued operation of a restaurant in a particular area.  Alcoholic beverage control regulations require each of our restaurants to obtain licenses and permits to sell alcoholic beverages on the premises.  The failure of a restaurant to obtain or retain its licenses would adversely affect that restaurant’s operations and profitability, and could adversely affect our ability to obtain these licenses elsewhere. We may also be subject to dram shop statutes in certain states, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person.  Even though we are covered by general liability insurance, a settlement or judgment against us under a dram shop statute in excess of liability coverage could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

 

In addition, as a manufacturer and distributor of food products, we are subject to a number of food safety and labeling laws and regulations, including the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the newly enacted Federal Food Safety Modernization Act.  Failure to comply with these and other applicable laws and regulations could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

 

A reduction in bakery sales at our restaurants or to third parties could adversely affect our profits.

 

While one of the primary functions of our bakery still remains to provide quality, innovative dessert products to our branded restaurants, the profitability of our bakery operations depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to our:

 

·                   ability to obtain and retain large-account customers;

·                   ability to pass on increases in the key costs of operations to our customers, in whole or in part;

·                   macroeconomic conditions affecting consumers’ desire and ability to purchase our bakery product offerings;

·                   ability to appropriately adjust our bakery infrastructure and staffing to accommodate fluctuations in production, including increases which will be required to support our international expansion; and

·                   current reliance on three major warehouse customers for a substantial percentage of our third party bakery sales.

 

A decrease in sales and/or profitability from our bakery operations would have an adverse impact on our financial results.

 

If we are unable to respond appropriately to changes in consumer health regulations and consumer eating habits, our revenues and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

 

The Federal government, as well as a number of states, counties and cities have enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit restaurant operators to make certain nutritional information available to guests.  Some states and local governments have also enacted legislation prohibiting the sales of certain types of ingredients in restaurants.  The success of our restaurant operations depends, in part, upon our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health and disclosure regulations and to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits.  If consumer health regulations or consumer eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue certain menu items.  In addition, dietary restrictions in some international locations in which our

 

20



Table of Contents

 

international licensee plans to operate may require us to modify or discontinue serving certain menu items.  To the extent we are unable to respond with appropriate changes to our menu offerings, this could materially affect guest demand for our concepts and have an adverse impact on our revenues and results of operations.

 

Competition in the restaurant industry in general, and specifically within the upscale casual segment of the restaurant industry, may adversely affect guest traffic at our restaurants.

 

The restaurant industry is highly competitive with respect to price, value and promotions, service, location, and food quality.  There are a number of other restaurant operations that compete with us for guest traffic, some of which have significantly greater resources to aggressively market to consumers, which could result in our concepts losing market share.  We believe that many consumers remain focused on value, and if other restaurant operators are able to promote and deliver a higher degree of value through heavy discounting or other methods, our guest traffic levels may decline, which would adversely impact our revenues and profitability.  In addition, with more varied product offerings at fast casual restaurants, quick-service restaurants and grocery stores, consumers may choose to trade down to these alternatives, which could also negatively affect our financial results.  Even as the economy recovers, such patterns of downgrading selection may continue among consumers, which could reduce guest traffic at our restaurants.

 

Our business and future development could be harmed if we are unable to retain key personnel or have difficulties in recruiting qualified personnel.

 

The success of our business continues to depend in critical respects on the contributions of David Overton, our co-founder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), and other senior executives of the Company.  The loss of the services of Mr. Overton or other senior executives could have a material adverse effect on our business and plans for future development.  We have adopted a succession planning policy that includes both emergency short-term and long-term planning elements to allow us to successfully continue operations should any of our senior management team become unavailable to us.  However, there is a risk that we may not be able to implement the succession planning policy successfully or in a timely manner for all situations.

 

In addition to our senior executives, we also must continue to attract, retain and motivate a sufficient number of qualified management and operating personnel, including regional management, general managers and executive kitchen managers.  Qualified individuals historically have been in short supply and an inability to attract them to our restaurant operations would limit our ability to effectively expand our concepts.  The ability of these key personnel to maintain consistency in the service, hospitality, quality and atmosphere of our restaurants is a critical factor in our success.  In addition, we will require the services of our senior management and operating personnel to support our international expansion efforts.  Any failure by us to retain or recruit key personnel may harm the reputation of our brand and adversely affect our operating results.

 

If we are unable to offer our management personnel equity compensation, including options and restricted stock, as part of their total compensation package, we may have difficulty retaining such personnel, which would adversely affect our operations.

 

We have historically granted equity awards, including non-qualified options and restricted stock awards, to key staff members, including our executives and our General Managers and Executive Kitchen Managers who run our restaurants, as part of a competitive compensation package.  Our ability to grant equity compensation awards is vital to attracting and retaining a talented management team, and other talented and experienced individuals, in a competitive marketplace.  Equity awards are an important part of our total compensation package and we believe that such compensation helps us have one of the highest retention rates in the industry for these positions.  If we are limited in our ability to grant equity compensation awards, we would be at a competitive disadvantage.  In addition, we would need to resort to providing increased short-term incentives including direct immediate compensation, such as cash payments or other compensation arrangements, to prevent a loss of executives and other staff members, and to continue to attract high caliber employees for our future needs.  Should this happen, we would face higher compensation costs, which could adversely affect our financial results.

 

Information technology system failures or breaches of our network security could interrupt our operations and subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.

 

We rely heavily on our computer systems and network infrastructure across our operations including, but not limited to, point-of-sale processing at our restaurants, and the systems we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen risks.  Our operations depend upon our ability to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers.  In addition, our corporate support center is located in California, in an area prone to natural disasters such as earthquakes and wildfires.  Any damage or failure of our computer systems or network infrastructure to operate effectively, problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems, or breaches in the

 

21



Table of Contents

 

security of these systems could cause delays in customer service and reduce efficiency in our operations, and significant capital investments could be required to remediate the issue.

 

We employ both internal resources and external consultants to conduct extensive auditing and testing for weaknesses in our systems, controls, firewalls and encryption to reduce the likelihood of any security failures or breaches.  However, we can provide no assurance that these security measures will be successful.  Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data.  In addition, our ability to accept credit cards as payment in our restaurants and on-line store depends on us remaining in compliance with PCI standards.  These standards require certain levels of system security and procedures to protect our customers’ credit card and other personal information.  A failure of our security measures could harm our reputation and financial results, as well as subject us to litigation or actions by regulatory authorities.

 

Our inability or failure to execute on a comprehensive business continuity plan following a major natural or manmade disaster, including terrorism, at our corporate facility could materially adversely impact our business.

 

Most of our corporate systems and processes and corporate support for our restaurant operations are centralized at one California location with the exception of our construction and design department and our east coast bakery production and fulfillment facility.   We have disaster recovery procedures and a comprehensive business continuity plan in place to address most events of a crisis nature, including back up and off-site locations for recovery of electronic and other forms of data and information.  However, if we are unable to fully implement our disaster recovery plans, we may experience delays in recovery of data, inability to perform vital corporate functions, tardiness in required reporting and compliance, failures to adequately support field operations and other breakdowns in normal operating procedures that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operation and exposure to administrative and other legal claims.

 

Litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business.

 

We are subject to lawsuits, administrative proceedings and claims that arise in the regular course of business.  The matters typically involve claims by guests, staff members and others regarding issues such as food borne illness, food safety, premises liability, compliance with wage and hour requirements, work-related injuries, discrimination, harassment, disability and other operational issues common to the foodservice industry.  We could be adversely affected by negative publicity and litigation costs resulting from these claims, regardless of their validity.  Significant legal fees and costs in complex class action litigation or an adverse judgment or settlement that is not insured or is in excess of insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.  We are self-insured, or carry insurance programs with high retention levels, for a significant portion of our risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability, employer’s liability, health benefits and other insurable risks.  We accrue liabilities for these programs based on our estimate of the ultimate costs to settle known claims as well as claims that are incurred but not reported.  Significant judgment is required to estimate claims that have been incurred but not reported.  If actual claims trends, including the severity or frequency of claims, differ from our estimates, our financial results could be negatively impacted.

 

Seasonality of our business and the timing of new restaurant openings could result in fluctuations in our financial performance from quarter-to-quarter within a fiscal year.

 

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations.  Our restaurant sales are typically higher during the second and third quarters of the fiscal year.  Our bakery operation is seasonal to the extent that the fourth quarter’s sales are typically higher due to holiday business and also may significantly vary from quarter-to-quarter due to the timing and/or size of orders from large account bakery customers.  As a result of these factors, results of operations for any single quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.  Quarterly results have been, and in the future could continue to be, significantly impacted by the timing of new restaurant openings, including associated preopening costs and operating inefficiencies, as well as macroeconomic factors.

 

New restaurant openings may negatively impact sales at our existing restaurants.

 

We target high quality, high profile locations for our upscale and highly customized restaurants, and we believe that we draw guests from a much larger geographical area compared to most casual dining chain restaurants.  The sizes of our restaurant trade areas vary by location, depending on a number of factors such as population density, demographics, retail, business, entertainment and other traffic generators and geography.  As a result, the opening of a new restaurant could impact the sales of one or more of our existing restaurants nearby.  It is not our intention to open new restaurants that materially cannibalize the sales of our existing restaurants.  However, as with most growing retail and restaurant chain operations, there can be no assurance that such sales impact will not occur

 

22



Table of Contents

 

or become more significant in the future as we gradually increase our presence in existing markets to maximize our competitive position and financial performance in each market.

 

Adverse weather conditions could unfavorably affect our restaurant sales.

 

Adverse weather conditions can impact guest traffic at our restaurants, cause the temporary underutilization of outdoor patio seating, and, in more severe cases, cause temporary closures, sometimes for prolonged periods. Outdoor patio seating is available at most of our restaurants and accounts for approximately 20% of our seating capacity.  Our inability to fully utilize our restaurants’ seating capacity as planned may negatively impact our revenues and results of operations.

 

We invest resources in marketing, but our marketing programs may not be successful.

 

A significant increase in our marketing efforts began in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and continued in fiscal 2009 using a variety of media, including social media avenues.  While we have not significantly increased our marketing expenditures during 2010, we expect to continue to conduct brand awareness programs and guest initiatives to attract and retain guests.  These initiatives may not be successful, resulting in expenses incurred without the benefit of higher revenues.  In addition, we may determine in the future that developing and maintaining national and/or regional advertising campaigns may be necessary, which would increase our operating expenses with no guarantee of a corresponding increase in revenue necessary to offset those higher costs.

 

Failure to maximize or to successfully assert our intellectual property rights could impact our competitiveness.

 

We rely on trademark, trade secret and copyright laws to protect our intellectual property rights. We cannot be sure that these intellectual property rights will be maximized or that they can be successfully asserted. There is a risk that we will not be able to obtain and perfect our own, or, where appropriate, license intellectual property rights necessary to support new product introductions or other expansion, including to international markets.  We cannot be sure that these rights, if obtained, will not be invalidated, circumvented or challenged in the future.  In addition, even if such rights are obtained in the United States, the laws of some of the other countries in which our products are or may be sold or in which restaurants licensed under our brand names may operate in the future do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.  Our failure to perfect or successfully assert our intellectual property rights could make us less competitive and could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our failure to establish, maintain and apply adequate internal control over our financial reporting could affect our reported results of operations.  In addition, changes in financial accounting standards or interpretations of existing standards could affect our reported results of operations .

 

We are subject to the ongoing internal control provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  These provisions provide for the identification of material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting — a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted (“GAAP”) in the United States of America.  If we experience a material weakness in internal controls, there can be no assurance that we will be able to remediate that material weakness in a timely manner or maintain all of the controls necessary to remain in compliance.  Any failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls over financial reporting could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and timely or to detect and prevent fraud.  Additionally, changes in accounting standards or new accounting pronouncements and interpretations may occur that could adversely affect our previously reported or future financial position or results of operations.

 

Our federal, state and local tax returns may, from time to time, be selected for audit by taxing authorities, which may result in tax assessments or penalties that could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial position.

 

We are subject to federal, state and local taxes.  Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, if the IRS or other taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have taken on our tax returns, we could face additional tax liability, including interest and penalties.  Payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of any disputes could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.

 

There may be future sales or other dilution of our equity which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock or preferred stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or preferred stock or any substantially similar securities.  Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue additional shares of common stock and additional classes or series of preferred stock without any action on the part of the stockholders.  The Board of Directors also has the discretion, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any such classes or series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights and preferences

 

23



Table of Contents

 

over the common stock with respect to dividends or upon the liquidation, or winding up of our business and other terms.  If we issue preferred shares that have a preference over our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred shares with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of our common stockholders or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

Failure to satisfy financial covenants and/or repayment requirements under our credit facility could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

We have a five-year revolving credit facility (“Facility”) with a maximum available borrowing commitment of $200 million, which expires in December 2015.  The Facility requires us to maintain certain financial covenants.  At December 28, 2010, we had no outstanding debt balance under such Facility. However, any failure to maintain these covenants or have sufficient liquidity to either repay or refinance the then outstanding balance at expiration of the Facility would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.  (See Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for additional information concerning our long-term debt.)

 

We have a shareholder rights plan, or poison pill, which could affect the price of our common stock and make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to purchase a large portion of our securities, to initiate a tender offer or a proxy contest, or to acquire us.

 

In August 2008, our Board of Directors extended a shareholder rights plan, commonly known as a “poison pill,” for a period to end in August 2018. The poison pill may discourage, delay, or prevent a third party from acquiring a large portion of our securities, initiating a tender offer or proxy contest, or acquiring us through an acquisition, merger, or similar transaction. Such an acquirer could be prevented from consummating one of these transactions even if our shareholders might receive a premium for their shares over then-current market prices.

 

ITEM 1B.                                   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2.                              PROPERTIES

 

All of our 164 existing restaurants are located on leased properties, and we have no current plans to own the real estate underlying our restaurants.  See Part I, Item 1 “Business — Existing Restaurant Locations” for information regarding the location of our restaurants.  We own substantially all of the FF&E in our restaurants.  Existing restaurant leases have expiration dates ranging from October 4, 2012 to January 31, 2032 (excluding unexercised renewal options).  Most of our restaurant leases provide for contingent rent based on a percentage of restaurant sales (to the extent this amount exceeds a minimum base rental) and payment of certain lease-related expenses.  (See Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for information regarding the aggregate straight-line minimum and contingent rent expense for the last three fiscal years and information regarding our obligation to pay minimum base rentals in future years.)  A majority of our leases also provide for termination rights by us in the event our sales are below a stated level for a period of time, generally conditioned upon a repayment of the unamortized allowances contributed by landlords to the build out of the leased premises.  Additionally, most of our leases also provide for a reduced level of overall rent obligation should specified co-tenancies not be satisfied.

 

Our corporate support center and one bakery production facility are located in Calabasas Hills, California.  The corporate support center is an 88,000 square-foot facility on an approximate five acre parcel of land.  The bakery production facility is a 60,000 square foot facility on an approximate three acre parcel of land.  Our second bakery facility located in Rocky Mount, North Carolina is a 100,000 square foot facility on an approximate 16 acre parcel of land.  We currently own all three properties in fee simple and have an option to purchase additional land adjacent to our North Carolina facility, which is subject to our satisfaction of certain staffing levels at that facility and improvements to this real estate.  We also lease office space in Irvine, California for our development and design department.

 

ITEM 3.                                                      LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

See Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for a summary of legal proceedings.

 

ITEM 4.                                                      SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

None.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.                                                  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock is listed on the Global Select Market tier of The NASDAQ Stock Market® under the symbol CAKE.  The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices as reported on The NASDAQ Stock Market:

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Fiscal 2010

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

27.95

 

$

20.75

 

Second Quarter

 

30.75

 

22.16

 

Third Quarter

 

26.98

 

21.56

 

Fourth Quarter

 

34.00

 

26.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2009

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

12.82

 

$

6.84

 

Second Quarter

 

18.53

 

11.14

 

Third Quarter

 

21.01

 

15.69

 

Fourth Quarter

 

22.63

 

17.55

 

 

Since our initial public offering in September 1992, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and have no current plans to pay dividends in the near future.  In addition, our amended credit facility limits cash distributions with respect to our equity interests, such as cash dividends and share repurchases, based on a defined leverage ratio.  (See Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of our long-term debt.)

 

There were approximately 1,200 holders of record of our common stock at February 16, 2011, and we estimate there were approximately 34,200 beneficial stockholders on that date.

 

The following provides information regarding our purchase of equity securities that are registered by us pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010:

 

Period

 

Total Number
of
Shares
Purchased

 

Average
Price Paid
per Share

 

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs

 

Maximum Number of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs

 

September 29 — November 2, 2010

 

35,143

 

$

26.58

 

35,143

 

5,792,146

 

November 3 — November 30, 2010

 

¾

 

¾

 

¾

 

5,792,146

 

December 1 — December 28, 2010

 

¾

 

¾

 

¾

 

5,792,146

 

Total

 

35,143

 

 

 

35,143

 

 

 

 

We have an outstanding authorization from our Board of Directors to repurchase up to 31 million shares of our common stock.  Under this authorization, we have cumulatively repurchased a total of 25.2 million shares at a total cost of $558.3 million through December 28, 2010.  The authorization does not have an expiration date, does not require us to purchase a specific number of shares and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time.

 

In October 2008, we suspended our share repurchase program in order to maintain maximum flexibility in our capital decisions in light of the unprecedented crisis in the global financial markets and the indeterminate future impact it could have on the overall economy and on our business.  In February 2010, our Board of Directors reinstated our stock repurchase program and approved the adoption of a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 (“10b5-1Plan”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time (“Act”), which was effective from March 2010 through December 2010.  In February 2011, our Board of Directors approved a new 10b5-1 Plan, which will be effective from March 16, 2011 through February 29, 2012.  In addition, the Board of Directors approved the terms of a share repurchase plan pursuant to which we are authorized to repurchase shares of our common stock in open market transactions in accordance with Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, such plan to be effective from February 24, 2011 through May 13, 2011.

 

The timing and number of shares repurchased pursuant to the share repurchase authorization are subject to a number of factors, including current market conditions, legal constraints, available cash or other sources of funding and financial covenants under our credit facility that limit share repurchases based on a defined leverage ratio.  Shares may be repurchased in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions at times and prices considered appropriate by us.  We make the determination to repurchase shares based on several factors, including an evaluation of current and future capital needs associated with new restaurant development, current and forecasted cash flows, a review of our capital structure and cost of capital, and our share price, although

 

25



Table of Contents

 

once effective, we do not intervene in the operations of our 10b5-1 Plan.

 

During fiscal 2010 and 2008, we repurchased 2.1 million and 9.6 million shares of our common stock at a cost of $52.1 million and $172.5 million, respectively.  We did not repurchase any shares during fiscal 2009.  Repurchased common stock is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.

 

Price Performance Graph

 

Set forth below is a graph comparing the total return on an indexed basis of a $100 investment in the Company’s common stock, the S&P 400 Midcap Index, the NASDAQ Composite® (US) Index and the Nation’s Restaurant News Index. The measurement points utilized in the graph consist of the last trading day in each calendar year, which closely approximates the last day of the respective fiscal year of the Company. The historical stock performance presented below is not intended to and may not be indicative of future stock performance.

 

 

 

 

12/30/05

 

12/29/06

 

12/31/07

 

12/31/08

 

12/31/09

 

12/31/10

 

The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated

 

$

100

 

$

66

 

$

63

 

$

27

 

$

58

 

$

82

 

S&P 400 Midcap Index

 

$

100

 

$

109

 

$

116

 

$

73

 

$

98

 

$

123

 

NASDAQ Composite® (US) Index

 

$

100

 

$

110

 

$

119

 

$

57

 

$

83

 

$

98

 

Nation’s Restaurant News Stock Index 

 

$

100

 

$

114

 

$

121

 

$

97

 

$

121

 

$

159

 

 

ITEM 6.                                                      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, and with Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

26



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fiscal Year (1) (2)

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

1,659,404

 

$

1,602,020

 

$

1,606,406

 

$

1,511,577

 

$

1,315,325

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

412,855

 

394,409

 

416,801

 

380,996

 

333,528

 

Labor expenses

 

536,954

 

528,578

 

533,080

 

491,614

 

420,957

 

Other operating costs and expenses

 

408,362

 

402,877

 

397,498

 

353,547

 

303,240

 

General and administrative expenses

 

95,729

 

97,432

 

83,731

 

83,949

 

72,751

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses

 

72,140

 

75,184

 

73,290

 

64,202

 

53,064

 

Impairment of assets

 

¾

 

26,541

 

2,952

 

¾

 

¾

 

Preopening costs

 

5,153

 

3,282

 

11,883

 

26,466

 

24,944

 

Total costs and expenses

 

1,531,193

 

1,528,303

 

1,519,235

 

1,400,774

 

1,208,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

128,211

 

73,717

 

87,171

 

110,803

 

106,841

 

Interest expense

 

(16,808

)

(23,433

)

(14,788

)

(10,852

)

(1,878

)

Interest income

 

192

 

372

 

1,849

 

4,703

 

6,123

 

Other (expense)/income, net

 

(506

)

651

 

(977

)

1,009

 

2,048

 

Income before income taxes

 

111,089

 

51,307

 

73,255

 

105,663

 

113,134

 

Income tax provision

 

29,376

 

8,474

 

20,962

 

31,699

 

31,852

 

Net income

 

$

81,713

 

$

42,833

 

$

52,293

 

$

73,964

 

$

81,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.39

 

$

0.72

 

$

0.82

 

$

1.02

 

$

1.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

1.35

 

$

0.71

 

$

0.82

 

$

1.01

 

$

1.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

58,905

 

59,362

 

63,822

 

72,475

 

78,181

 

Diluted

 

60,446

 

60,082

 

64,009

 

73,504

 

79,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

$

81,619

 

$

73,715

 

$

80,365

 

$

36,867

 

$

44,790

 

Investments and marketable securities

 

¾

 

¾

 

996

 

12,362

 

89,524

 

Total assets

 

1,028,397

 

1,046,751

 

1,142,630

 

1,145,753

 

1,039,731

 

Total long-term debt and deemed landlord financing liability, including current portion

 

53,577

 

153,331

 

331,273

 

226,495

 

40,419

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

592,337

 

516,113

 

452,566

 

562,926

 

711,542

 

 


(1)           All fiscal years presented consisted of 52 weeks.

(2)           Fiscal 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 included $10.9 million, $14.6 million, $13.1 million, $18.2 million and $18.2 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense.

 

Non-GAAP Measures

 

Adjusted net income and adjusted diluted net income per share are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP.  These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

We calculate these non-GAAP measures by eliminating from net income and diluted net income per share the impact of items we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operations.  We believe these adjusted measures provide additional information to facilitate the comparison of our past and present financial results.  We utilize results that both include and exclude the identified items in evaluating business performance.  However, our inclusion of these adjusted measures should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or infrequent items.  In the future, we may incur expenses or generate income similar to the adjusted items.

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Following is a reconciliation from net income and diluted net income per share to the corresponding adjusted measures (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

Net income

 

$

81,713

 

$

42,833

 

After-tax impact from:

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of assets (1)

 

¾

 

15,925

 

Unwinding of interest rate collars (2)

 

4,425

 

4,452

 

Chairman and CEO employment agreement (3)

 

¾

 

1,530

 

Realization of investment in variable life insurance contract (4)

 

¾

 

(668

)

Adjusted net income

 

$

86,138

 

$

64,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share

 

$

1.35

 

$

0.71

 

After-tax impact from:

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of assets

 

¾

 

0.27

 

Unwinding of interest rate collars

 

0.07

 

0.07

 

Chairman and CEO employment agreement

 

¾

 

0.03

 

Realization of investment in variable life insurance contract

 

¾

 

(0.01

)

Adjusted diluted net income per share

 

$

1.42

 

$

1.07

 

 


(1)           Represents the impairment of the carrying value of four Grand Lux Cafe restaurants in fiscal 2009.  The pre-tax amount associated with this item was $26,541 and was recorded in impairment of assets.

(2)           Represents costs to unwind derivative instruments in conjunction with reducing the outstanding balance on our revolving credit facility.  The pre-tax amounts associated with this item are $7,376 and $7,421 in fiscal years 2010 and 2009, respectively, and were recorded in interest expense.

(3)           Represents a charge resulting from a change in the amount and structure of the retirement benefit contained in the employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer.  The pre-tax amount associated with this item was $2,550 and was recorded in general and administrative expenses.

(4)           Represents the realization of proceeds from one of our variable life insurance contracts used to support our Executive Savings Plan, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan.  This item is non-taxable and was recorded in other (expense)/income.

 

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part 1, Item 7 of this report for more information regarding each of the identified items.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7.                                                  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

General

 

This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Part IV, Item 15 of this report, the “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item 1A of this report, and the cautionary statements included throughout this report.  The inclusion of supplementary analytical and related information herein may require us to make estimates and assumptions in connection with our analysis of trends and expectations with respect to our results of operations and financial position taken as a whole.

 

As of February 23, 2011, we operated 164 upscale, casual, full-service dining restaurants: 150 under The Cheesecake Factory® mark; 13 under the Grand Lux Cafe® mark; and one under the RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen® mark.  We also operated two bakery production facilities and licensed two limited menu bakery cafes under The Cheesecake Factory Bakery Cafe® mark to another foodservice operator.

 

The Cheesecake Factory is an upscale, casual dining concept that offers more than 200 menu items including appetizers, pizza, seafood, steaks, chicken, burgers, pasta, specialty items, salads, sandwiches, omelettes and desserts, including approximately 40 varieties of cheesecake and other baked desserts.  Grand Lux Cafe and RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen are also upscale, casual dining concepts offering approximately 200 and 80 menu items, respectively.  In contrast to many chain restaurant operations, substantially all of our menu items (except certain desserts manufactured at our bakery production facilities) are prepared on the restaurant premises using high quality, fresh ingredients based on innovative and proprietary recipes.  We believe our restaurants are recognized by consumers for offering value with generous food portions at moderate prices.  Our restaurants’ distinctive, contemporary design and decor create a high-energy ambiance in a casual setting.  Our restaurants typically range in size from 7,000 to 15,000 interior square feet, provide full liquor service and are generally open seven days a week for lunch and dinner, as well as Sunday brunch.

 

Overview

 

In addition to being highly competitive, the restaurant industry is affected by changes in consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns; changes in general economic conditions; public safety conditions; demographic trends; weather conditions; the cost and availability of food products, labor and energy; purchasing power; and government regulations.  Accordingly, as part of our strategy we must constantly evolve and refine the critical elements of our restaurant concepts to protect our competitiveness and to maintain and enhance the strength of our brand.

 

Our strategy is driven by our commitment to guest satisfaction and is focused primarily on menu innovation and operational execution to continue to differentiate ourselves from other restaurant concepts, as well as drive competitively strong performance that is sustainable.  Financially, we are focused on prudently managing expenses at our restaurants, bakery facilities and corporate support center.  We are also committed to allocating capital in a manner that will maximize profitability and returns.  Investing in new restaurant development that meets our return on investment criteria is our top capital allocation priority with a focus on opening our restaurant concepts in premier locations within both existing and new markets.  During fiscal 2011, we target repurchasing at least $100 million of our common stock, depending on Company performance and market conditions.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

In evaluating and assessing the performance of our business, we believe the following are key performance indicators that should be taken into consideration:

 

·                    Comparable Restaurant Sales and Overall Revenue Growth.   Changes in comparable restaurant sales come from variations in guest traffic, as well as changes in check average (as a result of menu price increases and/or changes in menu mix).  Our strategy is to grow guest traffic by continuing to offer innovative, high quality menu items that offer guests a wide range of options in terms of flavor, price and value.  In addition, we plan to continue focusing on service and hospitality with the goal of delivering an exceptional guest experience.  Our philosophy with regard to menu pricing is to use price increases to help offset key operating costs in a manner that balances protecting both our margins and guest traffic levels.  Prior to the economic downturn, menu mix generally had a neutral effect on our average check, allowing us to retain the full impact of our menu price increases.  As the economy strengthens, we would expect this pattern to resume as guests focus less on check management.

 

Comparable restaurant sales growth, in addition to revenue from new restaurant openings and increases in third-party bakery sales, drive our overall revenue growth.

 

·                   Income from Operations Expressed as a Percentage of Revenues (“Operating Margins”).   Operating margins are subject to fluctuations in commodity costs, labor, restaurant-level occupancy expenses, general and administrative expenses, and preopening expenses.  Our objective is to gradually increase our operating margins by capturing fixed cost leverage from comparable restaurant sales increases; maximizing our purchasing power as our business grows; and operating our restaurants as productively as possible by retaining the efficiencies we gained through the implementation of cost management initiatives in fiscal 2010 and 2009.

 

These initiatives, which improved our operational efficiency and reduced our restaurant-level expenses, included developing menu items with favorable food costs; managing our commodity needs more efficiently; leveraging technology, such as our Kitchen Management System; and aligning the staffing in our restaurants with current sales volumes.

 

By efficiently scaling our restaurant and bakery support infrastructure and improving our internal processes, we strive to grow general and administrative expenses at a slower rate than revenue growth over the long-term, which should also contribute to operating margin expansion.

 

·                   Return on Investment.   Return on investment measures our ability to make the best decisions regarding our allocation of capital.  Returns are affected by the cost to build restaurants, the level of revenues that each restaurant can deliver and our ability to maximize the profitability of restaurants through operational execution and strict cost management.  Our objective is to deploy capital in a manner that will maximize our return on investment.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our consolidated statements of operations expressed as percentages of revenues:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Revenues

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

24.9

 

24.6

 

26.0

 

Labor expenses

 

32.4

 

33.0

 

33.2

 

Other operating costs and expenses

 

24.6

 

25.1

 

24.7

 

General and administrative expenses

 

5.8

 

6.1

 

5.2

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses

 

4.3

 

4.7

 

4.6

 

Impairment of assets

 

¾

 

1.7

 

0.2

 

Preopening costs

 

0.3

 

0.2

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

 

92.3

 

95.4

 

94.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

7.7

 

4.6

 

5.4

 

Interest expense

 

(1.0

)

(1.5

)

(0.9

)

Interest income

 

0.0

 

0.0

 

0.1

 

Other (expense)/income, net

 

0.0

 

0.1

 

0.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

6.7

 

3.2

 

4.6

 

Income tax provision

 

1.8

 

0.5

 

1.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

4.9

%

2.7

%

3.3

%

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009

 

Revenues

 

Revenues increased 3.6% to $1,659.4 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $1,602.0 million for fiscal 2009.

 

Restaurant sales increased 3.4% to $1,586.3 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $1,534.3 million for the prior fiscal year.  The resulting sales increase of $52.0 million consisted of a $30.0 million increase in The Cheesecake Factory and Grand Lux Cafe comparable restaurant sales and a $22.0 million increase from restaurants not in the comparable sales base.  Comparable sales at The Cheesecake Factory and Grand Lux Cafe restaurants increased by 2.0% from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010.  At December 28, 2010, there were three The Cheesecake Factory restaurants not included in the comparable sales base.  The Cheesecake Factory and Grand Lux Cafe restaurants become eligible to enter our comparable sales calculations in their 19 th  month of operation.

 

Comparable sales at The Cheesecake Factory restaurants increased 2.0% from fiscal 2009 driven primarily by improved guest traffic.  We implemented effective menu price increases of approximately 0.6% and 0.7% during the first and third quarter of fiscal 2010, respectively.  On a weighted average basis, based on the timing of our menu roll outs within each quarter, The Cheesecake Factory menu included a 1.4% increase in pricing for fiscal year ended December 28, 2010.  This increase in menu pricing was partially offset by menu mix shifts due to ongoing check management by guests, particularly with regard to their purchase of non-alcoholic beverages.  Inclusive of our summer 2010 and winter 2011 menu changes, we will have implemented a targeted effective price increase of approximately 1.4% for the first half of fiscal 2011.  We plan to review our operating cost and expense trends in the spring of 2011 and consider the need for additional menu pricing in connection with our 2011 summer menu change.

 

Comparable sales at our Grand Lux Cafe restaurants increased 1.5% from fiscal year 2009, driven by improved guest traffic.  We did not implement any price increases in fiscal 2010.  However, menu price increases made in fiscal 2009 had a year over year impact in fiscal 2010.  On a weighted average basis, the Grand Lux menu included a 0.7% increase in pricing for fiscal year ended December 28, 2010.  This increase in menu pricing was offset by menu mix shifts due to ongoing check management by guests, particularly with regard to their purchase of non-alcoholic beverages.

 

We generally update and reprint the menus in our restaurants twice a year.  As part of these menu updates, we evaluate the need for price increases based on those operating cost and expense increases of which we are aware or that we can reasonably expect.  While menu price increases can facilitate increased comparable restaurant sales in addition to offsetting margin pressure, we carefully consider all potential price increases in light of the extent to which we believe they will be accepted by our restaurant guests.

 

Additionally, other factors outside of our control, such as general economic conditions, inclement weather, timing of holidays, and competitive and other factors, including those referenced in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of this report can impact comparable sales.

 

Total restaurant operating weeks increased 1.4% to 8,426 in fiscal 2010 from the prior year due to the opening of three new restaurants during the trailing 15-month period.  In addition, average sales per restaurant operating week increased approximately 1.8% to $188,000 in fiscal 2010 compared to the prior fiscal year due principally to the improvement in guest traffic.

 

Bakery sales to other foodservice operators, retailers and distributors (“bakery sales”) increased 8.0% to $73.1 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $67.7 million in the prior fiscal year due primarily to increases in warehouse club and national account sales.

 

We strive to develop and maintain long-term, growing relationships with our bakery customers, based largely on our 38-year reputation for producing high quality and creative baked desserts.  However, it is difficult to predict the timing of bakery product shipments and contribution margins on a quarterly basis, as the purchasing plans of our large-account customers may fluctuate.  Due to the highly competitive nature of the bakery business, we are unable to enter into long-term contracts with our large-account bakery customers, who may discontinue purchasing our products without advance notice at any time for any reason .

 

Cost of Sales

 

Cost of sales consists of food, beverage, retail and bakery production supply costs incurred in conjunction with our restaurant

 

31



Table of Contents

 

and bakery revenues, and excludes depreciation, which is captured separately in depreciation and amortization expenses.

 

As a percentage of revenues, cost of sales increased to 24.9% in fiscal 2010 compared to 24.6% in fiscal 2009.  This increase was due to cost pressures from certain commodities, primarily dairy and cheese, partially offset by pricing leverage and savings from our cost of sales initiatives, including the development of new menu items with lower food costs, negotiation of more favorable pricing for certain commodities and improvements in our supply chain.

 

Our restaurant menus are among the most diversified in the foodservice industry and, accordingly, are not overly dependent on a few select commodities.  Changes in costs for one commodity are often, but not always, counterbalanced by cost changes in other commodity categories.  The principal commodity categories for our restaurants include produce, poultry, meat, fish and seafood, cheese, other fresh dairy products, bread and general grocery items.

 

We attempt to negotiate short-term and long-term agreements for our principal commodity, supply and equipment requirements, depending on market conditions and expected demand.  However, we are currently unable to contract for long periods of time for certain of our commodities such as fish and most dairy items (except for cream cheese used in our bakery operations).  Consequently, these commodities can be subject to unforeseen supply and cost fluctuations.  Cream cheese is the most significant commodity used in our bakery products.  We contracted for a substantial portion of our fiscal 2010 cream cheese requirements and also purchased cream cheese on the spot market as necessary to supplement our contracted amounts.

 

As has been our past practice, we will carefully consider opportunities to introduce new menu items and implement selected menu price increases to help offset expected cost increases for key commodities and other goods and services utilized by our operations.  While we have been successful in the past in reacting to inflation and other changes in the costs of key operating resources by gradually increasing prices for our menu items, coupled with more efficient purchasing practices, varying menu mix, productivity improvements and greater economies of scale, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to do so in the future.

 

We have taken steps to qualify multiple suppliers and enter into agreements for some of the key commodities used in our restaurant and bakery operations.  However, there can be no assurance that future supplies and costs for these commodities will not fluctuate due to weather and other market conditions outside of our control.  For new restaurants, cost of sales will typically be higher during the first 90 to 120 days of operations until our management team becomes more accustomed to optimally predicting, managing and servicing the sales volumes at the new restaurant.

 

Labor Expenses

 

As a percentage of revenues, labor expenses, which include restaurant-level labor costs and bakery direct production labor, including associated fringe benefits, decreased to 32.4% in fiscal 2010 compared to 33.0% in fiscal 2009.  This improvement was primarily due to overall productivity gains as a result of our operational initiatives, which included aligning the staffing in our restaurants with current sales volumes, leverage from positive comparable sales and lower stock-based compensation.  The amount of stock-based compensation included in labor was $3.2 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $5.9 million in fiscal 2009.

 

Other Operating Costs and Expenses

 

Other operating costs and expenses consist of restaurant-level occupancy expenses (rent, common area expenses, insurance, licenses, taxes and utilities), other operating expenses (excluding food costs and labor expenses, which are reported separately) and bakery production overhead, selling and distribution expenses.  As a percentage of revenues, other operating costs and expenses decreased to 24.6% for fiscal 2010 versus 25.1% for fiscal 2009.  This decrease was primarily due to savings from our cost management initiatives, leverage of fixed costs due to positive comparable sales and favorable experience related to our self-insured workers’ compensation and general liability plans.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses consist of the restaurant management recruiting and training program, as well as the restaurant field supervision, bakery administrative and corporate support organizations.  As a percentage of revenues, G&A expenses decreased to 5.8% for fiscal 2010 versus 6.1% for fiscal 2009.  This variance was primarily due to a $2.9 million charge in fiscal 2009 resulting from a change in the amount and structure of the retirement benefit contained in the employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, as well as to lower stock-based compensation expense.  The amount of stock-based compensation included in G&A expense declined to $7.5 million in fiscal 2010 from $8.4 million in fiscal 2009.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

 

As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expenses decreased to 4.3% for fiscal 2010 compared to 4.7% for fiscal 2009.  The decrease is primarily attributable to leveraging from positive comparable sales, as well as to lower depreciation expense resulting from the impairment charge we recorded in fiscal 2009 discussed below in Impairment of Assets .

 

Impairment of Assets

 

We assess potential impairment of our long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable.  Factors considered include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends.  We regularly review restaurants that are cash flow negative for the previous four quarters to determine if impairment testing is warranted.  At any given time, we may be monitoring a small number of locations, and impairment charges could be triggered in the future if individual restaurant performance does not improve.

 

Based on the results of this analysis, we recorded a $26.5 million impairment charge against the carrying value of four Grand Lux Cafe restaurants in fiscal 2009.  No impairment charges were recorded in fiscal 2010.

 

Preopening Costs

 

Preopening costs increased to $5.2 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $3.3 million for the prior fiscal year.  We incurred preopening costs to open three The Cheesecake Factory restaurants in fiscal 2010 compared to opening one The Cheesecake Factory restaurant during fiscal 2009.

 

Preopening costs include all costs to relocate and compensate restaurant management employees during the preopening period; costs to recruit and train hourly restaurant employees; wages, travel and lodging costs for our opening training team and other support employees; and straight-line minimum base rent during the build-out and in-restaurant training periods.  Also included in preopening costs are expenses for maintaining a roster of trained managers for pending openings; the associated temporary housing and other costs necessary to relocate managers in alignment with future restaurant opening and operating needs; and corporate travel and support activities.  Preopening costs can fluctuate significantly from period to period, based on the number and timing of restaurant openings and the specific preopening costs incurred for each restaurant.

 

Interest Expense, Interest Income and Other Income

 

Interest expense decreased to $16.8 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $23.4 million for fiscal 2009 due primarily to lesser interest expense based on lower average outstanding debt balances during fiscal 2010 as compared to the prior year.  Interest expense included $7.4 million in both fiscal 2010 and 2009 to unwind interest rate collars in conjunction with reducing our revolving credit facility balance.  (See Notes 7 and 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of our long-term debt and derivative financial instruments, respectively.)  Interest expense also included $3.6 million and $3.7 million in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively, associated with landlord construction allowances deemed to be financing in accordance with accounting guidance.

 

Interest income decreased to $0.2 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $0.4 million for the prior year due primarily to lower invested balances and lower interest rates on those invested balances during fiscal 2010.

 

We recorded net other expense of $0.5 million for fiscal 2010 compared to net other income of $0.7 million for fiscal 2009.  This variance primarily relates to changes in the value of our investments in variable life insurance contracts used to support our Executive Savings Plan (“ESP”), a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, and the realization in fiscal 2009 of $0.7 million in proceeds from one of these contracts, as well as reductions in other miscellaneous income items.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

Our effective income tax rate was 26.4% for fiscal 2010 compared to 16.5% for fiscal 2009.  This increase was primarily attributable to deleverage from employment-related tax credits on higher pretax income, as well as lower non-taxable gains on our investments in variable life insurance contracts used to support our ESP, partially offset by the favorable resolution of our 162(m) Dispute as to tax years 2005 and 2006, as described in Note 10 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Fiscal 2009 Compared to Fiscal 2008

 

Revenues

 

Revenues decreased slightly to $1,602.0 million for fiscal 2009 compared to $1,606.4 million for fiscal 2008.

 

Restaurant sales decreased slightly to $1,534.3 million for fiscal 2009 compared to $1,536.5 million for the prior fiscal year.  The resulting sales decrease of $2.2 million consisted of $36.5 million decrease in comparable restaurant sales and a $34.3 million increase from newer locations not in the comparable sales base.  Comparable sales decreased by 2.6% from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009.

 

Comparable sales at The Cheesecake Factory restaurants decreased 2.3% from fiscal 2008.  This decline was due to reduced traffic at our restaurants, which we believe was primarily driven by the macroeconomic factors affecting the restaurant industry in general, and was partially offset by a slightly higher check average.  We realized effective menu price increases of approximately 1.2% and 0.8% in the first and third quarters of 2009, respectively.

 

Comparable sales at our Grand Lux Cafe restaurants decreased 5.1% from fiscal year 2008.  We realized effective menu price increases of approximately 0.3% and 0.6% in the second and fourth quarters of 2009, respectively.  The decrease in Grand Lux Cafe comparable sales is also attributable to a decline in guest traffic, which we believe was primarily driven by the macroeconomic factors affecting the restaurant industry in general.

 

Total restaurant operating weeks increased 3% to 8,313 in fiscal 2009 from the prior year primarily from the opening of three new restaurants during the trailing 15-month period.  Average sales per restaurant operating week decreased approximately 3% in fiscal 2009 to $184,600 compared to the prior fiscal year.  This decrease in average weekly sales was due principally to the decline in guest traffic.

 

Bakery sales decreased 3% to $67.7 million in fiscal 2009 compared to $69.9 million in the prior fiscal year.  This decrease is primarily due to lower sales to our warehouse clubs and national accounts.

 

Cost of Sales

 

As a percentage of revenues, cost of sales decreased to 24.6% during fiscal 2009 compared to 26.0% for the prior fiscal year.  Approximately one-half of this decrease was attributable to savings associated with our cost of sales initiatives, including the development of new menu items with lower food costs, negotiation of more favorable pricing for commodities and improvements in our supply chain.  The majority of the remaining cost of sales favorability stemmed from commodity price spikes that occurred in 2008 when prices were significantly higher for certain grocery, produce and dairy items as compared to the same periods in fiscal 2009.  Additionally, our bakery benefited from a favorable year-over-year contracted price for cream cheese.

 

Labor Expenses

 

As a percentage of revenues, labor expenses decreased to 33.0% in fiscal 2009 compared to 33.2% in fiscal 2008.  This decrease was primarily due to direct labor savings as a result of our operational initiatives, partially offset by higher health insurance costs and deleveraging from lower sales levels in fiscal 2009 as compared to the prior year.  Stock-based compensation included in labor was $5.9 million in fiscal 2009 compared to $4.7 million in fiscal 2008.  The expense in the prior year period is net of a $1.5 million reduction related to an adjustment to our estimated stock option forfeiture rate.

 

Other Operating Costs and Expenses

 

As a percentage of revenues, other operating costs and expenses increased to 25.1% for fiscal 2009 versus 24.7% for fiscal 2008.  This increase was primarily due to higher self-insurance reserves, increased marketing expenses and deleveraging of fixed costs due to lower sales levels in fiscal 2009.  These items were partially offset by benefits from operational cost saving initiatives and lower utility costs during fiscal 2009.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

As a percentage of revenues, G&A expenses increased to 6.1% for fiscal 2009 versus 5.2% for fiscal 2008.  The majority of this variance was due to an increase in the accrual for corporate performance bonuses in fiscal 2009 as compared to the comparable prior year period, as well as a $2.9 million charge in fiscal 2009 resulting from a change in the amount and structure of the retirement benefit contained in the employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer.  G&A expenses included $8.4 million and $8.2 million of stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.  The expense in the prior year period is net of a $0.7 million reduction related to an adjustment to our stock option forfeiture rate.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expenses

 

As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expenses increased to 4.7% for fiscal 2009 compared to 4.6% for fiscal 2008.  The increase is primarily due to deleveraging from lower average weekly sales at our restaurants.

 

Impairment of Assets

 

We assess potential impairment of our long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable.  Factors considered include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends.  We regularly review restaurants that are cash flow negative for the previous four quarters to determine if impairment testing is warranted.  At any given time, we may be monitoring a small number of locations, and impairment charges could be triggered in the future if individual restaurant performance does not improve.

 

Based on the results of this analysis, we recorded a $26.5 million impairment charge against the carrying value of four Grand Lux Cafe restaurants in fiscal 2009.  During fiscal 2008, we recorded a $3.0 million impairment charge against the carrying value of three The Cheesecake Factory locations.

 

Preopening Costs

 

Preopening costs decreased to $3.3 million for fiscal 2009 compared to $11.9 million for the prior fiscal year.  We incurred preopening costs to open one The Cheesecake Factory restaurant in fiscal 2009 compared to opening six The Cheesecake Factory restaurants and our first RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen location during fiscal 2008.  In addition, preopening costs were incurred in both years for restaurant openings in progress; maintaining a roster of trained managers for pending openings; and the associated temporary housing and other costs necessary to relocate managers in alignment with future restaurant opening and operating needs.

 

Interest Expense, Interest Income and Other Income

 

Interest expense increased to $23.4 million for fiscal 2009 compared to $14.8 million for fiscal 2008 due primarily to costs totaling $7.4 million to unwind two of our interest rate collars in conjunction with reducing our revolving credit facility balance.  In addition, we paid a higher interest rate on the outstanding balance of our debt during fiscal 2009 relative to the prior year as a result of an amendment to our revolving credit facility in January 2009.  (See Notes 7 and 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of our long-term debt and derivative financial instruments, respectively.)  These increases to interest expense were partially offset by a lower average outstanding debt balance during fiscal 2009 as compared to the prior year.  Interest expense also included $3.7 million and $3.5 million in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively, associated with landlord construction allowances deemed to be financing in accordance with accounting guidance.

 

Interest income decreased to $0.4 million for fiscal 2009 compared to $1.8 million for the prior year due primarily to lower interest rates earned on invested balances during fiscal 2009.

 

We recorded net other income of $0.7 million for fiscal 2009 compared to net other expense of $1.0 million for fiscal 2008.  This variance primarily relates to changes in the value of our investments in variable life insurance contracts used to support our Executive Savings Plan (“ESP”), a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, as well as the realization in fiscal 2009 of $0.7 million in proceeds from one of these contracts.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

Our effective income tax rate was 16.5% for fiscal 2009 compared to 28.6% for fiscal 2008.  This decline was primarily attributable to non-taxable gains in fiscal 2009 compared to non-deductible losses in fiscal 2008 on our investments in variable life insurance contracts used to support our ESP, greater leverage from tax credits and incentives on lower book income in fiscal 2009 and a reserve recorded in fiscal 2008 for the potential disallowance of certain executive compensation under the provisions of Internal

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Revenue Code Section 162(m).  The favorable rate impact of these items was partially offset by a rate benefit in fiscal 2008 for the IRS’ approval of our change in method of accounting for construction allowances.

 

Fiscal Outlook

 

This discussion contains forward-looking statements and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes in Part IV, Item 15 of this report, the “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item 1A of this report, and the cautionary statements included throughout this report. The inclusion of supplementary analytical and related information herein may require us to make estimates and assumptions in connection with our analysis of trends and expectations with respect to our results of operations and financial position taken as a whole.

 

In fiscal 2011, we plan to open as many as six to nine new restaurants.  We estimate diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2011 will be between $1.55 and $1.70 based on the assumption that comparable restaurant sales will increase in a range of between 1.0% and 3.0%.  We expect cash capital expenditures in fiscal 2011 to range between $70 million and $90 million.  We also target repurchasing at least $100 million of our common stock, depending on Company performance and market conditions.

 

We utilize a 52/53-week fiscal year ending on the Tuesday closest to December 31st for financial reporting purposes.  Fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 consisted of 52 weeks.  Fiscal 2011 will be a 53-week year, with an additional week in our fourth quarter.  The impact from the extra week is incorporated into our estimates.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

One of our corporate financial objectives is to maintain a sufficiently strong and conservative balance sheet to support our operating initiatives and unit growth with financial flexibility; to provide the financial resources necessary to protect and enhance the competitiveness of our restaurant and bakery brands; and to provide a prudent level of financial capacity to manage the risks and uncertainties of conducting our business operations in the current economic environment and through future economic and industry cycles.  Our ongoing capital requirements are principally related to our restaurant expansion plan and ongoing maintenance of our restaurants and bakery facilities, as well as investment in our corporate and information technology infrastructures.

 

Similar to many restaurant and retail chain store operations, we utilize operating lease arrangements for all of our restaurant locations.  We believe that our operating lease arrangements continue to provide appropriate leverage for our capital structure in a financially efficient manner.  However, we are not limited to the use of lease arrangements as our only method of opening new restaurants.  While most of our operating lease obligations are not required to be reflected as indebtedness on our consolidated balance sheet, the minimum base rents and related fixed obligations under our lease agreements must be satisfied by cash flows from our ongoing operations.  Accordingly, our lease arrangements reduce, to some extent, our capacity to utilize funded indebtedness in our capital structure.

 

Historically, we have obtained capital from our ongoing operations, public stock offerings, debt financing, employee stock option exercises and construction contributions from our landlords.  Our requirement for working capital is not significant, since our restaurant guests pay for their food and beverage purchases in cash or cash equivalents at the time of sale, and we are able to sell many of our food inventory items before payment is due to the suppliers of such items .

 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, a summary of our key cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities (dollar amounts in millions):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

$

165.2

 

$

197.1

 

$

169.2

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

(41.8

)

$

(37.2

)

$

(84.9

)

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

 

$

30.6

 

$

1.7

 

$

2.7

 

(Repayment)/borrowing on credit facility

 

$

(100.0

)

$

(175.0

)

$

100.0

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

$

(52.1

)

$

¾

 

$

(172.5

)

 

During fiscal 2010, our cash and marketable securities on hand increased by $7.9 million to $81.6 million at December 28, 2010.  This increase was primarily attributable to cash provided by operating activities and proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by repayments on our credit facility and purchases of treasury stock and property and equipment.  See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of cash and cash equivalents.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Our restaurant development model closely resembles that of a retail business that occupies leased space in shopping malls, lifestyle centers, office complexes, strip centers, entertainment centers and other real estate developments.  We typically seek to lease our restaurant locations for primary periods of 15 to 20 years under operating lease arrangements.  Our rent structures vary by lease, but generally provide for the payment of both minimum and contingent (percentage) rent based on net sales, as well as other expenses related to the leases (for example, our pro rata share of common area maintenance, property tax and insurance expenses). We disburse cash for leasehold improvements and FF&E to build out our leased premises.  We may also disburse cash for structural additions that we make to leased premises that generally are reimbursed to us by our landlords as construction contributions pursuant to agreed-upon terms in the respective leases.  If obtained, landlord construction contributions usually take the form of up-front cash, full or partial credits against minimum or percentage rents otherwise payable by us, or a combination thereof.  We do not have any current plans to encumber our existing leasehold interests with lessee secured financing.  We own substantially all of the FF&E in our restaurants and currently plan to do so in the future.

 

Capital expenditures were lower in fiscal 2010 and 2009 compared to fiscal 2008 due to the number of restaurants opened in each year (three, one and seven, respectively.)  Capital expenditures for new restaurants, including locations under development as of each fiscal year end were $15 million, $8 million and $56 million for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  In fiscal 2010, no capital expenditures were funded through deemed landlord financing.  Fiscal 2010 capital expenditures also included $23 million for maintenance and capacity addition outlays in our existing restaurants, and approximately $4 million for bakery and corporate infrastructure investments.

 

For fiscal 2011, we currently estimate our cash outlays for capital expenditures to range between $70 million and $90 million, net of agreed-upon up-front cash landlord construction contributions and excluding $9 million of expected noncapitalizable preopening costs for new restaurants.  The amount reflected as additions to property and equipment in the consolidated statements of cash flows may vary from this estimate based on the accounting treatment of each operating lease (See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report).  Our estimate for capital expenditures for fiscal 2011 contemplates a net outlay of $40 million to $57 million for as many as six to nine restaurants to be opened during fiscal 2011 and estimated construction-in-progress disbursements for anticipated fiscal 2012 openings.  These amounts are net of estimated collections of up-front cash landlord construction contributions.  Expected capital expenditures for fiscal 2011 also include $24 million to $26 million for maintenance and capacity additions on our existing restaurants and $6 million to $7 million for bakery and corporate infrastructure investments.

 

At December 28, 2010, we had no borrowings outstanding under our $200 million revolving credit facility (“Facility”).  Availability under the Facility is reduced by outstanding standby letters of credit, which are used to support our self-insurance programs.  As of December 28, 2010, we had net availability for borrowings of $184 million, based on $16 million in standby letters of credit.  See Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of our long-term debt.

 

During fiscal 2008 and 2007, we entered into several zero-cost interest rate collars that hedged interest rate variability on a portion of outstanding borrowings on our Facility.  During fiscal 2010 and 2009, in conjunction with repayments on our Facility, we unwound our derivatives at a cost of $7.4 million in each year.  We had no derivative instruments outstanding at December 28, 2010.  See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of our derivative financial instruments.

 

We have an outstanding authorization from our Board of Directors to repurchase up to 31 million shares of our common stock.  Under this authorization, we have cumulatively repurchased a total of 25.2 million shares at a total cost of $558.3 million through December 28, 2010.  The authorization does not have an expiration date, does not require us to purchase a specific number of shares and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time.

 

In October 2008, we suspended our share repurchase program in order to maintain maximum flexibility in our capital decisions in light of the unprecedented crisis in the global financial markets and the indeterminate future impact it could have on the overall economy and on our business.  In February 2010, our Board of Directors reinstated our stock repurchase program and approved the adoption of a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 (“10b5-1Plan”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time (“Act”), which was effective from March 2010 through December 2010.  In February 2011, our Board of Directors approved a new 10b5-1 Plan, which will be effective from March 16, 2011 through February 29, 2012.  In addition, the Board of Directors approved the terms of a share repurchase plan pursuant to which we are authorized to repurchase shares of our common stock in open market transactions in accordance with Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, such plan to be effective from February 24, 2011 through May 13, 2011. We target repurchasing at least $100 million of our common stock, depending on Company performance and market conditions.

 

The timing and number of shares repurchased pursuant to the share repurchase authorization are subject to a number of factors, including current market conditions, legal constraints, available cash or other sources of funding and financial covenants under our credit facility that limit share repurchases based on a defined leverage ratio.  (See Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of our long-term debt.)  Shares may be repurchased in the open

 

37



Table of Contents

 

market or through privately negotiated transactions at times and prices considered appropriate by us.  We make the determination to repurchase shares based on several factors, including an evaluation of current and future capital needs associated with new restaurant development, current and forecasted cash flows, a review of our capital structure and cost of capital, and our share price.

 

Based on our current expansion objectives, we believe that our cash and cash equivalents, combined with expected cash flows provided by operations, available borrowings under our credit facility and expected landlord construction contributions should be sufficient in the aggregate to finance our planned capital expenditures and other operating activities in fiscal 2011.

 

As of December 28, 2010, we had no financing transactions, arrangements or other relationships with any unconsolidated entities or related parties.  Additionally, we had no financing arrangements involving synthetic leases or trading activities involving commodity contracts.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

 

The following schedules summarize our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 28, 2010 (amounts in millions):

 

 

 

Payment Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than 1
Year

 

1-3 Years

 

4-5 Years

 

More than 5
Years

 

Contractual obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases (1)

 

$

895.9

 

$

60.6

 

$

125.6

 

$

127.0

 

$

582.7

 

Long-term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase obligations (2)

 

106.8

 

89.5

 

14.1

 

2.6

 

0.6

 

Uncertain tax positions (3)

 

3.0

 

1.4

 

1.6

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,005.7

 

$

151.5

 

$

141.3

 

$

129.6

 

$

583.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

$

16.0

 

$

 

$

 

$

16.0

 

$

 

 


(1)           Represents aggregate minimum lease payments for our restaurant operations, automobiles and certain equipment, including amounts characterized as deemed landlord financing payments in accordance with accounting guidance.  See Note 1 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.  Most of our leases also require contingent rent in addition to the minimum base rent based on a percentage of sales ranging from 3% to 10% and require expenses incidental to the use of the property.

(2)             Purchasing obligations represent commitments for the purchase of goods and estimated construction commitments, net of agreed-upon up-front landlord construction contributions.  Amounts exclude agreements that are cancelable without significant penalty.

(3)            Represents liability for uncertain tax positions.  See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of income taxes.

 

We expect to fund our contractual obligations primarily with operating cash flows generated in the normal course of business.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Critical accounting policies are those we believe are most important to portraying our financial condition and results of operations and also require the greatest amount of subjective or complex judgments by management.  Judgments and uncertainties regarding the application of these policies may result in materially different amounts being reported under various conditions or using different assumptions.  We consider the following policies to be the most critical in understanding the judgment that is involved in preparing our consolidated financial statements.

 

Property and Equipment

 

We record all property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Improvements are capitalized while repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.  Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of each asset or lease term, whichever is shorter.  The useful life of property and equipment and the determination as to what constitutes a capitalized cost versus a repair and maintenance expense involves judgment by management, which may produce materially different amounts of depreciation expense than if different assumptions were used.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We assess potential impairment of our long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets or asset group may not be recoverable.  Factors considered include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends.  We regularly review restaurants that are cash flow negative for the previous four quarters to determine if impairment testing is warranted.  At any given time, we may be monitoring a small number of locations, and impairment charges could be triggered in the future if individual restaurant performance does not improve.

 

We have determined that our asset group for impairment testing is comprised of the assets and liabilities of each of our individual restaurants, as this is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows.  We have identified leasehold improvements as the primary asset because it is the most significant component of our restaurant assets, is the principal asset from which our restaurants derive their cash flow generating capacity and has the longest remaining useful life.  The recoverability is assessed in most cases by comparing the carrying value of the assets to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by these assets.

 

Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying values of the assets exceed their fair values.  This assessment process requires the use of estimates and assumptions regarding future cash flows and estimated useful lives, which are subject to a significant degree of judgment based on our experience and knowledge.  These estimates can be significantly impacted by changes in the economic environment, real estate market conditions and capital spending decisions.

 

During fiscal 2009, we recorded a $26.5 million impairment charge against the carrying value of four Grand Lux Cafe locations.  During fiscal 2008, we recorded a $3.0 million impairment charge against the carrying value of three The Cheesecake Factory locations.  No impairment charges were recorded in fiscal 2010.  If the current economic situation deepens in magnitude and/or we are unable to implement initiatives to appropriately scale our infrastructure in a timely manner, we may be required to record additional impairment charges in future periods.

 

Leases

 

We currently lease all of our restaurant locations.  We evaluate each lease to determine its appropriate classification as an operating or capital lease for financial reporting purposes.  All of our restaurant leases are classified as operating leases.

 

Minimum base rent for our operating leases, which generally have escalating rentals over the term of the lease, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  The initial lease term includes the build-out, or rent holiday period, for our leases, where no rent payments are typically due under the terms of the lease.  Contingent rent expense, which is based on a percentage of revenue, is recorded as incurred to the extent it exceeds minimum base rent per the lease agreement.

 

We disburse cash for leasehold improvements and FF&E to build out and equip our leased premises.  We may also expend cash for structural additions that we make to leased premises that generally are reimbursed to us by our landlords as construction contributions pursuant to agreed-upon terms in our leases.  Landlord construction contributions usually take the form of up-front cash, full or partial credits against minimum or percentage rents otherwise payable by us, or a combination thereof.  Depending on the specifics of the leased space and the lease agreement, amounts paid for structural components are recorded during the construction period as either prepaid rent or construction-in-progress and the landlord construction contributions are recorded as either an offset to prepaid rent or as a deemed landlord financing liability.

 

Upon completion of construction, we perform an analysis on the leases for which the structural cost was initially recorded to construction-in-progress to determine if they qualify for sale-leaseback treatment.  For those qualifying leases, the deemed landlord financing liability and the associated construction-in-progress are removed and the difference is reclassified to either prepaid or deferred rent and amortized over the lease term as an increase or decrease to rent expense.  If the lease does not qualify for sale-leaseback treatment, the deemed landlord financing liability is amortized over the lease term based on the rent payments designated in the lease agreement.

 

Gift Card Revenue Recognition

 

We recognize a liability upon the sale of our gift cards and recognize revenue when these gift cards are redeemed in our restaurants or on our website.  Based on our historical gift card redemption patterns, we can reasonably estimate the amount of gift cards for which redemption is remote, which is referred to as “breakage.”  Breakage is recognized in proportion to historical redemption trends and is classified as revenues in our consolidated statement of operations.  Utilizing this method, we estimate both

 

39



Table of Contents

 

the amount of breakage and the time period of redemption.  If actual redemption patterns vary from our estimates, actual gift card breakage income may differ from the amounts recorded.

 

Self-Insurance Liability

 

We retain the financial responsibility for a significant portion of our risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability, employment practices, employee health benefits and other insurable risks.  The accrued liabilities associated with these programs are based on our estimate of the ultimate costs to settle known claims as well as claims incurred but not yet reported to us (“IBNR”) as of the balance sheet date.  Our estimated liabilities are not discounted and are based on information provided by our insurance brokers and insurers, combined with our judgment regarding a number of assumptions and factors, including the frequency and severity of claims, claims development history, case jurisdiction, applicable legislation and our claims settlement practices.  We maintain stop-loss coverage with third party insurers to limit our individual claim exposure for many of our programs and for aggregate exposure on our employee health benefits program.  The estimated amounts receivable from our third-party insurers under this coverage are recorded in other receivables.  Significant judgment is required to estimate IBNR amounts as parties have yet to assert such claims.  If actual claims trends, including the severity or frequency of claims, differ from our estimates, our financial results could be impacted.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We apply the Black-Scholes valuation model in determining the fair value of stock option grants, which requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the volatility of our common stock price and the length of time employees will retain their vested stock options prior to exercise.  Additionally, we estimate the expected forfeiture rate related to both stock options and restricted stock in determining the amount of stock-based compensation expense for each period.  Changes in these assumptions can materially affect our results of operations.   (See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of stock-based compensation.)

 

Income Taxes

 

We provide for income taxes based on our estimate of federal and state tax liabilities.  Our estimates include, but are not limited to, effective state and local income tax rates, allowable tax credits for items such as FICA taxes paid on reported tip income, and estimates related to depreciation expense allowable for tax purposes.  Our estimates are made based on the best available information at the time we prepare our income tax provision.  In making our estimates, we also consider the impact of legislative and judicial developments.  As these developments evolve, we update our estimates, which, in turn, may result in adjustments to our effective tax rate.  We generally file our income tax returns within nine to ten months after our fiscal year-end.  All tax returns are subject to audit by federal and state governments, usually years after the returns are filed, and could be subject to differing interpretations of the tax laws.

 

We account for uncertain tax positions under Financial Accounting Standards Board guidance, which prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized.  The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.  Assessment of uncertain tax positions requires significant judgments relating to the amounts, timing and likelihood of resolution.  Our actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for a summary of new accounting standards.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changes in the Costs of Key Operating Resources

 

Our operating margins depend on, among other things, on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in the costs of key operating resources, including food and other raw materials, labor, energy and other supplies and services.  Substantial increases in costs and expenses could impact our operating results to the extent that such increases cannot be passed along to our restaurant and bakery customers.  While we have taken steps to qualify multiple suppliers and enter into agreements for some of the commodities used in our restaurant and bakery operations, there can be no assurance that future supplies and costs for such commodities will not fluctuate due to weather and other market conditions outside of our control.  We are currently unable to contract for long periods of time for certain of our commodities such as fish and dairy items (except for cream cheese used in our bakery operations).  Consequently, these commodities can be subject to unforeseen supply and cost fluctuations.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Our staff members are subject to various minimum wage requirements.  We operate in many states, including California, where the minimum wage is higher than the federal minimum and in such states our staff members receive compensation equal to the state’s minimum wage.  There have been and may be additional minimum wage increases in excess of federal minimum wage implemented in various jurisdictions in which we operate or seek to operate.  Minimum wage increases may have a material adverse effect on our labor costs.  Certain operating costs, such as taxes, insurance and other outside services continue to increase with the general level of inflation or higher and may also be subject to other cost and supply fluctuations outside of our control.

 

While we have been able to partially offset inflation and other changes in the costs of key operating resources by gradually increasing prices for our menu items and bakery products, coupled with more efficient purchasing practices, productivity improvements and greater economies of scale, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to do so in the future.  From time to time, competitive conditions could limit our menu pricing flexibility.  In addition, macroeconomic conditions could make additional menu price increases imprudent.  There can be no assurance that all future cost increases can be offset by increased menu prices or that increased menu prices will be fully absorbed by our restaurant guests without any resulting changes in their visit frequencies or purchasing patterns.  Substantially all of the leases for our restaurants provide for contingent rent obligations based on a percentage of sales.  As a result, rent expense will absorb a proportionate share of any menu price increases in our restaurants.  There can be no assurance that we will continue to generate increases in comparable restaurant and bakery sales in amounts sufficient to offset inflationary or other cost pressures.

 

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

 

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Historically, our highest levels of revenues for our established restaurants occur in the second and third quarters of the fiscal year.  Approximately 90% of our restaurants are located in or near retail centers and malls that typically experience seasonal fluctuations in sales.  Patio seating represents approximately 20% of the total available productive seating in our restaurants and can be subject to disruption from inclement weather.  Quarterly results have been and will continue to be significantly impacted by the number and timing of new restaurant openings and their associated preopening costs and operating inefficiencies.   Our bakery operations are seasonal to the extent that the fourth quarter’s sales are typically higher due to holiday business.  Additionally, bakery sales comparisons may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to the timing and size of orders from our larger bakery customers.  (See Item 1A — Risk Factors — “Seasonality of our business and the timing of new restaurant openings could result in fluctuations in our financial performance from quarter to quarter within a fiscal year” and “Adverse weather conditions could unfavorably affect our restaurant sales.”)  As a result of these and other factors, our financial results for any given quarter may not be indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.

 

ITEM 7A.                                          QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The following discussion of market risks contains forward-looking statements.  Actual results may differ materially from the following discussion based on general conditions in the financial and commodity markets.

 

We are exposed to market risk from interest rate changes on our funded debt.  This exposure relates to the component of the interest rate on our $200 million revolving credit facility (“Facility”) that is indexed to three-month LIBOR.  As of December 28, 2010, we had no debt outstanding under the Facility.  Therefore, we had no exposure to interest rate fluctuations on our funded debt at year end fiscal 2010.  See Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part IV, Item 15 of this report for further discussion of our long-term debt.

 

We are also subject to market risk related to our investments in variable life insurance contracts used to support our ESP, to the extent these investments are not equivalent to the related liability.  In addition, because changes in these investments are not taxable, the full impact of gains or losses affects net income.  Based on balances at December 28, 2010 and December 29, 2009, a hypothetical 10% decline in the market value of our deferred compensation asset and related liability would not impact income before income taxes.  However, net income would decline by $0.9 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

 

We purchase food and other commodities for use in our operations, based on market prices established with our suppliers.  Many of the commodities purchased by us can be subject to volatility due to market supply and demand factors outside of our control.  To manage this risk in part, we periodically enter into fixed price purchase commitments, with terms typically up to one year, for many of our commodity requirements.  However, we are currently unable to contract for long period of time for certain of our commodities such as fish and most dairy items (except for cream cheese used in our bakery operations).  Dairy costs can also fluctuate due to government regulation.  Substantially all of our food and supplies are available from multiple qualified suppliers, which helps to diversify our overall commodity cost risk.  In addition, we may have the ability to increase menu prices, or vary menu items, in response to food commodity price increases.  Some of our commodity purchase arrangements may contain contractual features that limit the price paid by establishing certain price floors or caps.  We do not use financial instruments to hedge commodity prices, since our purchase arrangements with suppliers, to the extent that we can enter into such arrangements, help control the ultimate cost that we pay.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The consolidated financial statements required to be filed hereunder are set forth in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

 

ITEM 9.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We have established and maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and our subsidiaries required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only a reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management was necessarily required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.  We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 28, 2010.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. As defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2010 based on the criteria in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).  Based on this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 28, 2010.

 

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2010 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Part IV, Item 15 of this report.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) during our most recent fiscal quarter ended December 28, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B.                                          OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.                                          DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

We have adopted a code of ethics which applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, who are the Company’s principal executive, financial and accounting officers, respectively, and the Company’s other executive officers and members of the Board of Directors, entitled “Code of Ethics for Executive Officers, Senior Financial Officers and Directors.”  The Code of Ethics is available on our corporate website at www.thecheesecakefactory.com in the “Corporate Governance” section of our “Investors” page.   We intend to satisfy disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above, or as otherwise required by the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

Information with respect to our executive officers is included in Part I, Item 1 of this report.  Other information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference from the sections entitled “Election of Directors,” “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance,” “Audit Committee Financial Expert,” “Committees of the Board of Directors and Composition of Committees,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 1, 2011 (the “Proxy Statement”).

 

ITEM 11.                                          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Board of Directors Compensation” and “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12.                                        SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Beneficial Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management” in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 13.                                          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Policies Regarding Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties” and “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 14.                                          PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this item is hereby incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Services” (in the proposal entitled “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”) in the Proxy Statement.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.                                            EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

The following documents are filed as a part of this Report:

 

(a)

1.

Financial statements:

 

 

 

 

 

The consolidated financial statements required to be filed hereunder are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 45 of this report.

 

 

 

 

2.

Financial statement schedules:

 

 

 

 

 

None.

 

 

 

 

3.

Exhibits:

 

 

 

 

 

The Exhibits required to be filed hereunder are listed in the exhibit index included herein at page 67.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

Page No.

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

46

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

47

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

48

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

49

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

50

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

51

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders’ of The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash follows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and its subsidiaries at December 28, 2010 and December 29, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years ended December 28, 2010, December 29, 2009, and December 30, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 23, 2011

 

46



Table of Contents

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

December 28, 2010

 

December 29, 2009

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

81,619

 

$

73,715

 

Accounts receivable

 

16,184

 

11,352

 

Income tax receivable

 

3,840

 

1,875

 

Other receivables

 

27,296

 

27,475

 

Inventories

 

23,036

 

22,202

 

Prepaid expenses

 

28,345

 

27,871

 

Deferred income taxes

 

5,732

 

7,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

186,052

 

172,227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

755,468

 

788,402

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Trademarks

 

4,498

 

4,338

 

Prepaid rent

 

50,391

 

54,243

 

Other

 

31,988

 

27,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other assets

 

86,877

 

86,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,028,397

 

$

1,046,751

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

32,651

 

$

33,948

 

Other accrued expenses

 

170,054

 

166,513

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

202,705

 

200,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

86,918

 

87,048

 

Deferred rent

 

67,258

 

64,209

 

Deemed landlord financing liability

 

51,954

 

51,802

 

Long-term debt

 

 

100,000

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

27,225

 

27,118

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued

 

 

 

Junior participating cumulative preferred stock, $.01 par value, 150,000 shares authorized; none issued

 

 

 

Common stock, $.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized; 84,912,101 and 83,377,092 shares issued at December 28, 2010 and December 29, 2009, respectively

 

849

 

834

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

428,527

 

386,562

 

Retained earnings

 

721,257

 

639,544

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(4,619

)

Treasury stock 25,204,104 and 23,100,079 shares at cost at December 28, 2010 and December 29, 2009, respectively

 

(558,296

)

(506,208

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

592,337

 

516,113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,028,397

 

$

1,046,751

 

 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Revenues

 

$

1,659,404

 

$

1,602,020

 

$

1,606,406

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of sales

 

412,855

 

394,409

 

416,801

 

Labor expenses

 

536,954

 

528,578

 

533,080

 

Other operating costs and expenses

 

408,362

 

402,877

 

397,498

 

General and administrative expenses

 

95,729

 

97,432

 

83,731

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses

 

72,140

 

75,184

 

73,290

 

Impairment of assets

 

 

26,541

 

2,952

 

Preopening costs

 

5,153

 

3,282

 

11,883

 

Total costs and expenses

 

1,531,193

 

1,528,303

 

1,519,235

 

Income from operations

 

128,211

 

73,717

 

87,171

 

Interest expense

 

(16,808

)

(23,433

)

(14,788

)

Interest income

 

192

 

372

 

1,849

 

Other (expense)/income, net

 

(506

)

651

 

(977

)

Income before income taxes

 

111,089

 

51,307

 

73,255

 

Income tax provision

 

29,376

 

8,474

 

20,962

 

Net income

 

$

81,713

 

$

42,833

 

$

52,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.39

 

$

0.72

 

$

0.82

 

Diluted

 

$

1.35

 

$

0.71

 

$

0.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

58,905

 

59,362

 

63,822

 

Diluted

 

60,446

 

60,082

 

64,009

 

 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Shares of
Common
Stock

 

Common
Stock

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Total

 

Balance, January 1, 2008

 

82,660

 

$

827

 

$

354,328

 

$

544,418

 

$

(2,898

)

$

(333,749

)

$

562,926

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

52,293

 

 

 

52,293

 

Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

46

 

Net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

(6,832

)

 

(6,832

)

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,507

 

Issuance of common stock from stock options exercised

 

267

 

2

 

2,667

 

 

 

 

2,669

 

Tax impact of stock options exercised, net of cancellations

 

 

 

(822

)

 

 

 

(822

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

14,426

 

 

 

 

14,426

 

Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures

 

(80

)

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Capital contributions, net of taxes

 

 

 

320

 

 

 

 

320

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(172,459

)

(172,459

)

Balance, December 30, 2008

 

82,847

 

828

 

370,919

 

596,711

 

(9,684

)

(506,208

)

452,566

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

42,833

 

 

 

42,833

 

Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

Net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

346

 

 

346

 

Loss reclassified into income due to cancellation of derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

4,718

 

 

4,718

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,898

 

Issuance of common stock from stock options exercised

 

182

 

2

 

1,681

 

 

 

 

1,683

 

Tax impact of stock options exercised, net of cancellations

 

 

 

(1,117

)

 

 

 

(1,117

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

15,079

 

 

 

 

15,079

 

Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures

 

348

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Balance, December 29, 2009

 

83,377

 

834

 

386,562

 

639,544

 

(4,619

)

(506,208

)

516,113

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

81,713

 

 

 

81,713

 

Net unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

41

 

Loss reclassified into income due to cancellation of derivative financial instrument

 

 

 

 

 

4,578

 

 

4,578

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,332

 

Issuance of common stock from stock options exercised

 

1,437

 

14

 

30,563

 

 

 

 

30,577

 

Tax impact of stock options exercised, net of cancellations

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

 

233

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

11,169

 

 

 

 

11,169

 

Issuance of restricted stock, net of forfeitures

 

98

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52,088

)

(52,088

)

Balance, December 28, 2010

 

84,912

 

$

849

 

$

428,527

 

$

721,257

 

$

 

$

(558,296

)

$

592,337

 

 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

81,713

 

$

42,833

 

$

52,293

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

72,140

 

75,184

 

73,290

 

Impairment of assets

 

 

26,541

 

2,952

 

Realized loss on derivative financial instruments

 

7,376

 

7,421

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(4,087

)

(4,798

)

22,179

 

Stock-based compensation

 

10,913

 

14,610

 

13,132

 

Tax impact of stock options exercised, net of cancellations

 

233

 

(1,117

)

(822

)

Excess tax benefit related to stock options exercised

 

(3,357

)

(857

)

(410

)

Other

 

178

 

1,957

 

(145

)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(4,832

)

1,185

 

(1,190

)

Other receivables

 

179

 

5,346

 

28,224

 

Inventories

 

(834

)

930

 

926

 

Prepaid expenses

 

(474

)

(3,217

)

3,225

 

Other assets

 

(1,259

)

5,013

 

2,654

 

Accounts payable

 

(1,297

)

(3,927

)

(20,047

)

Income taxes payable

 

(1,964

)

7,865

 

(9,281

)

Termination of derivative financial instruments

 

(7,376

)

(7,421

)

 

Other accrued expenses

 

17,984

 

29,587

 

2,205

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

165,236

 

197,135

 

169,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property and equipment

 

(41,847

)

(37,243

)

(84,907

)

Sales of available-for-sale securities

 

 

1,000

 

11,469

 

Cash used in investing activities

 

(41,847

)

(36,243

)

(73,438

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deemed landlord financing proceeds

 

4,198

 

6,354

 

17,862

 

Deemed landlord financing payments

 

(1,529

)

(1,436

)

(1,247

)

Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options

 

30,577

 

1,683

 

2,669

 

Excess tax benefit related to stock options exercised

 

3,357

 

857

 

410

 

(Repayment) /borrowings on credit facility

 

(100,000

)

(175,000

)

100,000

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

(52,088

)

 

(172,459

)

Capital contribution

 

 

 

516

 

Cash used in financing activities

 

(115,485

)

(167,542

)

(52,249

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

7,904

 

(6,650

)

43,498

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

73,715

 

80,365

 

36,867

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

81,619

 

$

73,715

 

$

80,365

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

17,492

 

$

24,486

 

$

14,864

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

31,038

 

$

18,576

 

$

8,612

 

 

See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

 

Description of Business

 

The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated (referred to herein as the “Company” or in the first person notations “we,” “us” and “our”) operates 164 upscale, casual, full-service dining restaurants under The Cheesecake Factory®, Grand Lux Cafe® and RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen® marks.  Additionally, we operate two bakery production facilities that produce baked desserts and other products for our restaurants and for other foodservice operators, retailers and distributors.  We also license two bakery cafes under The Cheesecake Factory Bakery Cafe® mark to another foodservice operator.  All of our Company-operated and licensed restaurants and our bakery production facilities are located within the United States of America.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and its wholly owned subsidiaries.  All intercompany accounts and transactions for the periods presented have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

We utilize a 52/53-week fiscal year ending on the Tuesday closest to December 31st for financial reporting purposes.  Fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 each consisted of 52 weeks.  Fiscal year 2011 will consist of 53 weeks.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions for the reporting period and as of the financial statement date.  These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

At December 28, 2010 and December 29, 2009, we had $2,000 and $25.2 million, respectively, of cash invested in a tax-exempt money market fund.  This asset qualifies as a cash equivalent since we have a call option that allows us to redeem daily for cash.  Amounts receivable from credit card processors, totaling $7.4 million and $7.8 million at December 28, 2010 and December 29, 2009, respectively, are considered cash equivalents because they are both short-term and highly liquid in nature and are typically converted to cash within three days of the sales transaction.  Checks issued, but not yet presented for payment to our bank, are reflected as a reduction of cash and cash equivalents.

 

Accounts and Other Receivables

 

Our accounts receivable principally result from credit sales to bakery customers.  Other receivables consist of various amounts due from landlords, insurance providers, our gift card reseller and others in the ordinary course of business.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to a concentration of credit risk are cash and cash equivalents and receivables.  We maintain a majority of our day-to-day operating cash balances with one major financial institution; cash balances may be in excess of FDIC insurance limits.  We invest our temporary excess cash in tax-exempt money market funds that purchase only first-tier securities and have not experienced any losses in these accounts.  Therefore, we believe we are not exposed to significant risk on these investments.

 

We consider the concentration of credit risk for accounts receivable to be minimal due to the payment histories and general financial condition of our larger outside bakery customers.  Concentration of credit risk related to other receivables is limited as this balance is comprised primarily of amounts due from our landlords for the reimbursement of tenant improvements, as well as from our third-party insurers and gift card reseller.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

For cash and cash equivalents, the carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.  The fair value of our long-term debt and deemed landlord financing liabilities are determined using current applicable rates for similar instruments as of the balance sheet date.  We amended our credit agreement in December 2010, lowering our interest rate to current applicable market rates at that time.  However, we had no outstanding debt at December 28, 2010.  The fair value of our deemed landlord financing liabilities is $52.7 million versus a carrying value of $53.6 million.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis and consist of restaurant food and other supplies, bakery raw materials, and bakery finished goods.

 

Property and Equipment

 

We record all property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Improvements are capitalized while repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.  Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets or the lease term, whichever is shorter.  Leasehold improvements include the cost of our internal development and construction department.  Depreciation and amortization periods are as follows:

 

Buildings and land improvements

 

25 to 30 years

Leasehold improvements

 

15 to 20 years

Restaurant fixtures and equipment

 

10 years

Bakery equipment

 

15 years

Computer software and equipment

 

3 to 5 years

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We assess potential impairment of our long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets or asset group may not be recoverable.  Factors considered include, but are not limited to, significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business; and significant negative industry or economic trends.  We regularly review restaurants that are cash flow negative for the previous four quarters to determine if impairment testing is warranted.  At any given time, we may be monitoring a small number of locations, and impairment charges could be triggered in the future if individual restaurant performance does not improve.

 

We have determined that our asset group for impairment testing is comprised of the assets and liabilities of each of our individual restaurants, as this is the lowest level of identifiable cash flows.  We have identified leasehold improvements as the primary asset because it is the most significant component of our restaurant assets, it is the principal asset from which our restaurants derive their cash flow generating capacity and has the longest remaining useful life.  The recoverability is assessed in most cases by comparing the carrying value of the assets to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by these assets.  Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying values of the assets exceed their fair values.

 

During fiscal 2009, we recorded a $26.5 million impairment charge against the carrying value of four Grand Lux Cafe locations. During fiscal 2008, we recorded a $3.0 million impairment charge against the carrying value of three The Cheesecake Factory locations. No impairment charges were recorded in fiscal 2010.

 

Self-Insurance Liability

 

We retain the financial responsibility for a significant portion of our risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability, employment practices, employee health benefits and other insurable risks.  The accrued liabilities associated with these programs are based on our estimate of the ultimate costs to settle known claims as well as claims incurred but not yet reported to us (“IBNR”) as of the balance sheet date.  Our estimated liabilities are not discounted and are based on information provided by our insurance brokers and insurers, combined with our judgment regarding a number of assumptions and factors, including the frequency and severity of claims, claims development history, case jurisdiction, applicable legislation and our claims settlement practices.  We maintain stop-loss coverage with third party insurers to limit our individual claim exposure for many of our programs and for aggregate exposure on our employee health benefits program.  The estimated amounts receivable from our third-party insurers under this coverage are recorded in other receivables.  Significant judgment is required to estimate IBNR amounts as parties have yet to assert such claims.  If actual claims trends, including the severity or frequency of claims, differ from our estimates, our financial results could be impacted.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Our derivative financial instruments have consisted of zero-cost interest rate collars to hedge interest rate variability on our revolving credit facility.  We formally document the relationship between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as our risk management objective and strategy for undertaking hedge transactions.  These interest rate collars qualified for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges.  Accordingly, we recognized these derivatives at fair value as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.  All changes in fair value were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the related interest expense on the underlying borrowing was recognized.  We have not, and do not plan to, enter into any derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.  We had no derivative instruments outstanding as of December 28, 2010.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Our revenues consist of sales from our restaurant operations and sales from our bakery operations to other foodservice operators, retailers and distributors (“bakery sales”).  Revenues from restaurant sales are recognized when payment is tendered at the point of sale.  Revenues from bakery sales are recognized upon transfer of title to customers.  Revenues are presented net of sales taxes.  The obligation is included in other accrued expenses until the taxes are remitted to the appropriate taxing authorities.

 

We recognize a liability upon the sale of our gift cards and recognize revenue when these gift cards are redeemed in our restaurants or on our website.  Based on our historical gift card redemption patterns, we can reasonably estimate the amount of gift cards for which redemption is remote, which is referred to as “breakage.”  Breakage is recognized in proportion to historical redemption trends and is classified as revenues in our consolidated statement of operations.   We recognized $2.7 million, $3.1 million and $3.1 million of gift card breakage in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  Incremental direct costs related to gift card sales, including commissions and credit card fees, are deferred and recognized in earnings in the same pattern as the related gift card revenue.

 

Certain of our promotional programs are multiple element arrangements that include both delivered and undelivered components.  Through fiscal 2010, we have allocated revenue to each undelivered element based on vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, which is the price charged when that element is sold separately.  These revenues were deferred and subsequently recognized when these elements were delivered.  Any residual revenue was allocated to the delivered component and recognized at the time of the original transaction.  See Recent Accounting Pronouncements in this Note for discussion of new guidance for revenue recognition of arrangements with multiple deliverables, which will go into effect for us in fiscal 2011.

 

Leases

 

We currently lease all of our restaurant locations.  We evaluate each lease to determine its appropriate classification as an operating or capital lease for financial reporting purposes.  All of our restaurant leases are classified as operating leases.

 

Minimum base rent for our operating leases, which generally have escalating rentals over the term of the lease, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  The initial rent term includes the build-out, or rent holiday period, for our leases, where no rent payments are typically due under the terms of the lease. Contingent rent expense, which is based on a percentage of revenue, is also recorded to the extent it exceeds minimum base rent per the lease agreement.

 

We disburse cash for leasehold improvements and FF&E to build out and equip our leased premises.  We may also expend cash for structural additions that we make to leased premises that generally are reimbursed to us by our landlords as construction contributions pursuant to agreed-upon terms in our leases.  Landlord construction contributions usually take the form of up-front cash, full or partial credits against minimum or percentage rents otherwise payable by us, or a combination thereof.  Depending on the specifics of the leased space and the lease agreement, amounts paid for structural components are recorded during the construction period as either prepaid rent or construction-in-progress and the landlord construction contributions are recorded as either an offset to prepaid rent or as a deemed landlord financing liability.

 

Upon completion of construction, we perform an analysis on the leases for which the structural cost was initially recorded to construction-in-progress to determine if they qualify for sale-leaseback treatment.  For those qualifying leases, the deemed landlord financing liability and the associated construction-in-progress are removed and the difference is reclassified to either prepaid or deferred rent and amortized over the lease term as an increase or decrease to rent expense.  If the lease does not qualify for sale-leaseback treatment, the deemed landlord financing liability is amortized over the lease term based on the rent payments designated in the lease agreement.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We maintain performance incentive plans under which incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, deferred shares, performance shares and performance units may be granted to employees and consultants.  To date, we have only granted non-qualified stock options and restricted shares of common stock under these plans.  Stock options generally vest at 20% per year or, in the case of restaurant management, cliff vest in five years and expire eight to ten years from the date of grant.  Certain stock options require that either the grantee or the Company satisfy specified performance criteria prior to exercisability of vested stock options.  Restricted shares vest 100% not prior to three years from the date of grant, and require that the staff member remains employed in good standing with the Company as of the vesting date.  Certain executive officer stock options and restricted stock may vest earlier in the event of a change of control, as defined in the plan.

 

Non-employee directors have received only non-qualified stock options under a non-employee director equity plan, which expired in May 2007.  Currently, we do not have a plan under which non-employee directors may be granted stock options or other equity interests in the Company.

 

We apply the Black-Scholes valuation model in determining the fair value of stock option grants, which is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.  See Note 12 for discussion of the assumptions utilized in our stock option valuation model.   We reclassify the excess tax benefit resulting from the exercise of stock options out of cash flows from operating activities and into cash flows from financing activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

Advertising Costs

 

We expense advertising production costs at the time the advertising first takes place; all other advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Most of our advertising costs are included in other operating costs and expenses and were $7.3 million, $7.7 million and $1.4 million in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

Preopening Costs

 

Preopening costs include all costs to relocate and compensate restaurant management employees during the preopening period; costs to recruit and train hourly restaurant employees; wages, travel and lodging costs for our opening training team and other support employees; and straight-line minimum base rent during the build-out and in-restaurant training periods.  Also included in preopening costs are expenses for maintaining a roster of trained managers for pending openings; the associated temporary housing and other costs necessary to relocate managers in alignment with future restaurant opening and operating needs; and corporate travel and support activities.  We expense preopening costs as incurred.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of existing assets and liabilities using the statutory rates expected in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse.  The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

We account for uncertain tax positions under Financial Accounting Standards Board guidance, which prescribes a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized.  The minimum threshold is defined as a tax position that is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.  See Note 14 for information regarding changes in our unrecognized tax benefits during fiscal 2010.

 

Net Income per Share

 

Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  At December 28, 2010, December 29, 2009 and December 30, 2008, 0.5 million, 0.6 million and 0.4 million shares, respectively, of restricted stock issued to employees were unvested, and therefore excluded from the calculation of basic earnings per share for each of the fiscal years ended on those dates.  Diluted net income per share includes the dilutive effect of both outstanding stock options and restricted shares, calculated using the treasury stock method.  Assumed proceeds from the in-the-money options include the windfall tax benefits, net of shortfalls, calculated under the “as-if” method as prescribed by FASB Accounting Standards Codification 718, “Compensation — Stock Option Compensation.”

 

54



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

81,713

 

$

42,833

 

$

52,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

 

58,905

 

59,362

 

63,822

 

Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted shares

 

1,541

 

720

 

187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

60,446

 

60,082

 

64,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income per share

 

$

1.39

 

$

0.72

 

$

0.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share

 

$

1.35

 

$

0.71

 

$

0.82

 

 

Shares of common stock equivalents of 4.4 million, 9.3 million and 9.2 million for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were excluded from the diluted calculation due to their anti-dilutive effect.

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investment by and distribution to owners.  Comprehensive income reported on our consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity consists of net income, the unrealized portion of changes in the fair value of our cash flow hedges, the losses reclassified into income due to cancellations of our cash flow hedges and unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance on revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables effective for us in fiscal 2011, although early adoption is permitted.  The guidance revises the criteria for measuring and allocating consideration to each component of a multiple element arrangement.  The guidance requires companies to allocate revenue using the relative selling price of each deliverable, which must be estimated if the company does not have either a history of selling the deliverable on a stand alone basis or third-party evidence of selling price.  For us, this guidance will only impact the pattern of revenue recognition for our marketing programs that include multiple elements.  As the timing and content of future promotions is not determinable at this time, we are unable to estimate the impact of this guidance on our financial statements.

 

2.     Other Receivables:

 

Other receivables consisted of (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 28, 2010

 

December 29, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivable from gift card reseller

 

$

14,209

 

$

13,252

 

Landlord construction allowances

 

2,018

 

3,281

 

Receivable from insurers

 

4,679

 

4,304

 

Other

 

6,390

 

6,638

 

Total

 

$

27,296

 

$

27,475

 

 

3.     Inventories:

 

Inventories consisted of (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 28, 2010

 

December 29, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restaurant food and supplies

 

$

13,051

 

$

12,619

 

Bakery finished goods

 

4,709

 

5,530

 

Bakery raw materials and supplies

 

5,276

 

4,053

 

Total

 

$

23,036

 

$

22,202

 

 

55



Table of Contents

 

4.     Prepaid Expenses:

 

Prepaid expenses consisted of (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 28, 2010

 

December 29, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gift card costs

 

$

10,947

 

$

10,894

 

Rent

 

5,528

 

5,260

 

Other

 

11,870

 

11,717

 

Total

 

$

28,345

 

$

27,871

 

 

5.     Property and Equipment:

 

Property and equipment consisted of (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 28, 2010

 

December 29, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and related improvements

 

$

13,410

 

$

13,410

 

Buildings

 

17,692

 

17,692

 

Leasehold improvements

 

832,144

 

811,125

 

Fixtures and equipment

 

292,566

 

281,672

 

Computer software and equipment

 

43,416

 

44,004

 

Restaurant smallware

 

24,010

 

23,447

 

Construction in progress

 

14,086

 

18,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, total

 

1,237,324

 

1,209,962

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(481,856

)

(421,560

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

755,468

 

$

788,402

 

 

Repair and maintenance expenses for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $34.0 million, $31.9 million and $30.1 million, respectively.

 

6.     Other Accrued Expenses:

 

Other accrued expenses consisted of (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 28, 2010

 

December 29, 2009

 

Gift cards

 

$

65,446

 

$

62,601

 

Insurance

 

32,397

 

30,916

 

Salaries and wages

 

26,369

 

25,500

 

Employee benefits

 

13,297

 

11,669

 

Payroll and sales taxes

 

7,970

 

10,919

 

Rent and related expenses

 

6,927

 

6,764

 

Other

 

17,648

 

18,144

 

Total

 

$

170,054

 

$

166,513

 

 

7.     Long-Term Debt:

 

Long-term debt consisted of (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 28, 2010

 

December 29, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit facility

 

$

 

$

100,000

 

 

In December 2010, we entered into a five-year credit agreement, (“Facility”) that provides us with revolving loan commitments that total $200 million, including letter of credit subfacility commitments that total $35 million.  The Facility contains a commitment increase feature that could provide for an additional $50 million in available credit upon our request and the satisfaction of certain conditions.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Borrowings under the Facility bear interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR, plus a spread ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%, depending on our ratio of debt plus eight times rent (“Adjusted Debt”) to trailing 12-month earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, rent  and noncash stock option expense (“EBITDAR”), as defined in the agreement.  In addition, we pay a commitment fee ranging from 0.3% to 0.4%, also depending on our ratio of Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR, calculated on the average unused portion of the Facility.

 

We are obligated to maintain certain financial covenants, which include a maximum Adjusted Debt to trailing 12-month EBITDAR ratio (“Adjusted Debt Ratio”) of 4.0, as well as a trailing 12-month minimum EBITDAR to interest and rental expense ratio (“EBITDAR Ratio”) of 1.9.  At December 28, 2010, our Adjusted Debt and EBITDAR Ratios were 2.7 and 2.6, respectively.  Therefore we were in compliance with the financial covenants in effect under the Facility at that date.

 

Availability under the Facility is reduced by outstanding standby letters of credit, which are used to support our self-insurance programs.  As of December 28, 2010, we had net availability for borrowings of $184 million, based upon outstanding debt of $0 million and $16 million in standby letters of credit.  Since we have the contractual ability to maintain the outstanding balance on our Facility, the debt is classified as long-term on our consolidated balance sheets in 2009.

 

In conjunction with the entry into the new Facility, the Company terminated its prior credit facility dated April 2007, as amended March 2008 and January 2009.

 

8.               Derivative Financial Instruments

 

During fiscal 2008 and 2007, we entered into several zero-cost interest rate collars that hedged interest rate variability on a portion of outstanding borrowings on our Facility.  During fiscal 2010 and 2009, in conjunction with repayments on our Facility, we unwound our derivatives at a cost of $7.4 million in each year.  We had no derivative instruments outstanding at December 28, 2010.  See Note 7 for further discussion of our long-term debt.

 

These derivatives qualified for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges and, accordingly, were recognized at fair value as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.  Changes in fair value were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the related interest expense on the underlying borrowing was recognized.  We do not hold any derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

 

Changes in the fair value of our interest rate collars are expected to be perfectly effective in offsetting the variability in interest payments attributable to fluctuations in three-month LIBOR rates above the cap rates and below the floor rates specified in the respective agreements.  If, at any time, an interest rate collar is determined to be ineffective, in whole or in part, due to modifications in the interest rate collar or the underlying credit facility, prospective changes in fair value of the portion of the derivative determined to be ineffective will be recognized as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The fair values and balance sheet locations of our derivatives were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Liability Derivatives

 

 

 

December 28, 2010

 

December 29, 2009

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Location

 

Fair Value

 

Balance Sheet Location

 

Fair Value

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other accrued expenses

 

$

 

Other accrued expenses

 

$

4,299

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

 

3,945

 

Total

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

8,244

 

 

We had no derivative financial instruments in asset positions at December 28, 2010 or December 29, 2009.  See Note 9 for discussion of the methods used to determine fair value of our derivative financial instruments.

 

The effect of derivative instruments on our consolidated statements of operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in AOCI on
Derivatives

 

Location of Gain/(Loss)

 

Loss Reclassified
from AOCI into Income (1)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

Reclassified from AOCI

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

into Income

 

2010

 

2009

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

41

 

$

346

 

Interest expense

 

$

(9,638

)

$

(12,494

)

 


(1)

Loss reclassified from AOCI into income during fiscal 2010 and 2009 included $7.4 million of expense in each year to unwind our interest rate collars.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

9.     Fair Value Measurement

 

The following table presents our financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value (in thousands):

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

December 28, 2010

 

Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash invested in money market fund

 

$

2

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using

 

December 29, 2009

 

Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets

 

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

 

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

 

 

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash invested in money market fund

 

$

25,197

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

$

 

$

8,244

 

$

 

 

For assets that are measured using quoted prices in active markets, fair value is the published market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held without consideration of transaction costs.  The tax-exempt money market funds in which we invest cash purchase only first-tier securities, and we have not experienced any losses in these accounts.  Therefore, we believe we are not exposed to significant risk on these investments.

 

The fair value of our derivative financial instruments was estimated using the net present value of a series of cash flows on both the cap and floor components of the interest rate collars.  These cash flows were based on yield curves which take into account the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity and market-based parameters such as interest rates and volatility.  We incorporated nonperformance risk by adjusting the present value of each liability position utilizing an estimation of our credit risk.

 

10.     Commitments and Contingencies

 

We lease all of our restaurant locations under operating leases, with remaining terms ranging from 1 year to 20 years.  The restaurant leases typically include land and building shells, require contingent rent above the minimum base rent payments based on a percentage of sales ranging from 3% to 10%, have escalating minimum rent requirements over the term of the lease and require various expenses incidental to the use of the property.  A majority of our leases provide for ongoing co-tenancy requirements which would further lower rental rates, and/or permit lease terminations should required co-tenants cease to operate for specified periods of time.  Most leases have renewal options, which we have always exercised in the past.  Many of our leases provide early termination rights permitting us to terminate the lease prior to expiration if we do not achieve specified sales levels in certain years commencing after the fifth lease year.  We also lease automobiles and certain equipment under operating lease agreements.

 

As of December 28, 2010, the aggregate minimum annual lease payments under operating leases, including amounts characterized as deemed landlord financing payments are as follows (in thousands):

 

2011

 

$

60,585

 

2012

 

62,451

 

2013

 

63,146

 

2014

 

63,486

 

2015

 

63,584

 

Thereafter

 

582,687

 

Total

 

$

895,939

 

 

Rent expense on all operating leases was as follows (in thousands):

 

58



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Straight-lined minimum base rent

 

$

62,981

 

$

62,979

 

$

61,587

 

Contingent rent

 

18,696

 

17,567

 

18,935

 

Other charges

 

25,335

 

25,780

 

24,337

 

Total

 

$

107,012

 

$

106,326

 

$

104,859

 

 

As credit guarantees to insurers, we have $16.0 million in standby letters of credit related to our self-insurance liabilities.  All standby letters of credit are renewable annually.

 

We retain the financial responsibility for a significant portion of our risks and associated liabilities with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability, employee health benefits and other insurable risks.  The accrued liabilities associated with these programs are based on our estimate of the ultimate costs to settle known claims as well as claims incurred but not yet reported to us (“IBNR claims”) as of the balance sheet date.  Our estimated liabilities are not discounted and are based on information provided by our insurance brokers and insurers, combined with our judgment regarding a number of assumptions and factors, including the frequency and severity of claims, claims development history, case jurisdiction, applicable legislation and our claims settlement practices.  We maintain stop-loss coverage with third party insurers to limit our individual claim exposure for many of our programs and for aggregate exposure on our employee health benefits program.  The estimated amounts receivable from our third-party insurers under this coverage are recorded in other receivables.  Significant judgment is required to estimate IBNR amounts as parties have yet to assert such claims.  If actual claims trends, including the severity or frequency of claims, differ from our estimates, our financial results could be impacted.

 

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) audited our tax returns for fiscal years 2003 through 2006 with respect to the deductibility, under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), of certain compensation in excess of $1 million per year paid to three current executive officers and one former executive officer resulting from their respective exercises of stock options later determined to be misdated (the “162(m) Dispute”).  In May 2008, the IRS issued a Notice of Proposed Adjustment to us disallowing the deduction of approximately $5.1 million of compensation expense with respect to the exercise of stock options by such executive officers.  We believe that such stock option compensation qualifies as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the limitations on deductibility under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m).  We received a Statutory Notice of Deficiency from the IRS for fiscal 2005 only and petitioned for redetermination of this notice with the United States Tax Court.  In May 2010, we conducted a settlement conference with the IRS Office of Appeals resulting in an agreement to resolve the 162(m) Dispute as to tax year 2005 only.  That agreement was approved by the United States Tax Court in August 2010 (Docket No. 23591-09).  This court order resolved the 162(m) Dispute as to tax year 2005, and, because the 162(m) Dispute as to tax year 2006 consisted solely of a reduction to tax credits carried over from tax year 2005 resulting from the IRS Notice of Deficiency, such court order also resolved the 162(m) Dispute as to tax year 2006.  In October 2010, we filed a complaint (The Cheesecake Factory v. United States of America, Case No. CV108157), in  the United States District Court for the refund of income taxes with respect to tax years 2003 and 2004, including interest and penalties.  While we believe that all stock option compensation in the as yet unresolved years of the 162(m) Dispute qualifies as performance-based compensation under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and is not subject to the limitations on deductibility, we have reserved $1.4 million for estimated taxes, interest and penalties due through December 28, 2010.

 

On August 10, 2010, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) for the Cleveland Field Office issued a determination letter in EEOC Charge 532-2009-1050 in favor of the Charging Party and a class of 15 unidentified employees, alleging that we subjected them to a hostile work environment based on national origin and/or race in violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (Title VII).  The EEOC is seeking payment of alleged actual damages incurred by the claimants as well as compensatory and/or punitive monetary costs and remedial actions.  The parties failed to reach a conciliated settlement in September 2010.  On  January 18, 2011, the EEOC issued a Notice of Intent to Rescind Determination and refer Charge No. 532-2009-1050 for further investigation.  We are cooperating with the EEOC in connection with this investigation.  Based upon the current status of this matter, we have not reserved for any potential future payments.

 

On May 10, 2010, three current hourly restaurant employees in the State of California filed a class action lawsuit in the California Superior Court, Placer County, against us alleging violations of the California Labor Code by requiring employees to purchase uniforms and other work tools to perform their jobs, among other claims (Reed v. The Cheesecake Factory Restaurants, Inc. et al; Case No. S CV 27073).  In October 2010, we gave notice to the respective courts in Case No. S CV 27073 and Case No. BC360426 (see below) that such cases may be related.  The lawsuit seeks unspecified amounts of penalties and other monetary payments on behalf of the respective plaintiffs and other purported class members. The plaintiffs also seek attorneys’ fees.  We intend to vigorously defend this action.  Based on the current status of this matter, we have not reserved for any potential future payments.

 

On November 18, 2009, one former hourly restaurant employee in the State of Illinois filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (Morales v. The Cheesecake Factory, Inc.; Case No. 09 CV 7005) against us alleging violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act and Illinois Minimum Wage Law for alleged failure to pay overtime and minimum wages, among other claims.  This lawsuit sought unspecified amounts of penalties and other monetary payments on behalf of the respective plaintiff and other purported class members.  The plaintiff also sought attorneys’ fees.   On December 17, 2010, the parties

 

59



Table of Contents

 

conditionally settled Case No. 09 CV 7005 for a nominal amount.  The final settlement agreement was approved by the Court on January 3, 2011.

 

On August 5, 2009, two former hourly restaurant employees in the State of California filed a class action lawsuit in the Los Angeles County Superior Court (Luque v. The Cheesecake Factory Restaurants, Inc.; Case No. BC415640) against us alleging violations of California’s wage and hour laws with respect to alleged failure to pay proper vacation wages at termination, failure to furnish wage statements, and violations of the California Business and Professions Code, among other claims. This lawsuit sought unspecified amounts of penalties and other monetary payments on behalf of the respective plaintiffs and other purported class members. The plaintiffs also sought attorneys’ fees.  The plaintiffs’ deadline for filing their motion for class certification was June 11, 2010, and they failed to timely file.  On October 12, 2010, the parties conditionally settled Case No. BC415640 for a nominal amount.  The final settlement agreement was approved by the court on October 21, 2010.

 

On January 20, 2009, one former hourly restaurant employee in the State of California filed a lawsuit in the San Diego County Superior Court (Giradin v. The Cheesecake Factory, Inc.; Case No. 37-2009-00081696-CU-OE-CTL) against us alleging violations of California’s wage and hour laws with respect to alleged failure to pay proper wages, failure to furnish accurate wage statements and violations of the California reporting time laws, among other claims.  This lawsuit sought unspecified amounts of penalties and other monetary payments on behalf of the respective plaintiff and other purported class members.  The plaintiff also sought attorneys’ fees.  On January 8, 2010, the plaintiff filed a First Amended Complaint naming a new class representative and asserting additional claims under the California Labor Code Private Attorneys General Act of 2004.  We filed a demurer to the First Amended Complaint on February 22, 2010.  On April 23, 2010, the Court granted our motion and dismissed the plaintiff’s complaint.  An appeal was not timely filed and further litigation in this matter by plaintiffs is now precluded.

 

On July 2, 2008, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) for the Cleveland Field Office issued determination letters in Charges 532-2006-01040, -01030, -01042 in favor of three former employees alleging that we engaged in a pattern and practice of sex discrimination, and in the case of one claimant, racial discrimination, in violation of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (Title VII).  The determination alleges that our actions resulted in females as a class being denied entry and progression into upper ranks of management at our restaurants.  We deny these allegations.  The EEOC is seeking payment of alleged actual damages incurred by the claimants as well as compensatory and/or punitive monetary costs and remedial actions.  The parties failed to reach a conciliated settlement in 2008 and, to date, no further action has been taken by the EEOC with respect to these charges.  On July 30, 2008, the EEOC Cleveland District Office also filed a Commissioner’s Charge 532-2008-01856 alleging we violated Title VII for failing or refusing to select females for management positions in our restaurants because of their sex.  This Charge arises out of the facts alleged in EEOC Charges 532-2006-01040, -01030, -01042.  On February 3, 2011, the EEOC completed its investigation and administratively closed Charge No. 532-2008-01856 without further action.  Based upon the current status of Charges 532-2006-0140, -01030 and -01042, we have not reserved for any potential future payments.

 

On January 9, 2007, two former hourly restaurant employees in the State of California filed a lawsuit in the Los Angeles County Superior Court against us alleging violations of California’s wage and hour laws with respect to alleged failure to pay proper wages, improper payroll deductions, and violations of the California meal and break period laws, among other claims (Guardado v. The Cheesecake Factory Restaurants, Inc. et al; Case No. BC360426).  This case was previously stayed by the parties through December 2008, pending the California Supreme Court’s decision to review Brinker Restaurant Corp. v. Superior Court of San Diego County (No. S166350, 2008).  On February 23, 2009, an additional lawsuit with similar allegations was filed by another hourly restaurant employee in Santa Clara County Superior Court (Benitez v. The Cheesecake Factory Restaurants, Inc., et al; Case No. 109CV135687). In April, 2009, we gave notice to the respective courts in Case No. 109CV135687 and Case No. BC360426 that such cases may be related matters.  In March, 2010, we settled Case No. 109CV135687 for a nominal amount.   On July 6, 2010, the Court denied the plaintiffs in Case No. BC360426 motion for class certification .  A notice of appeal was subsequently filed by the plaintiffs in Case No. BC360426 on August 3, 2010 and the parties are currently in settlement negotiations.   We intend to vigorously defend against this action.  On July 28, 2010, a lawsuit was filed against us in the Santa Clara County Superior Court (Rusteen v. The Cheesecake Factory Restaurants, Inc. et al; Case No. 1-10-CV-178233) claiming similar and additional allegations to those asserted in Case No. BC360426 including, among other things, violations of California’s wage and hour laws with respect to alleged failure to pay the plaintiff overtime, reporting time pay and minimum wages, allow proper meal breaks or rest periods, and provide adequate pay statements.  In October 2010, we gave notice to the respective courts in Case No. 1-10-CV-178233 and Case No. BC360426 that such cases may be related.  The plaintiff in Case No. 1-10-CV-178233 seeks unspecified amounts of penalties and other monetary payments on behalf of himself and other purported class members.  The plaintiffs also seek attorneys’ fees.  Based on the current status of this matter, we have not reserved for any potential future payments.

 

On August 29, 2006, five present and former hourly restaurant employees in the States of Tennessee, Texas and Arizona filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee against us alleging violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act with respect to alleged minimum wage violations, improper payroll deductions and requiring work “off the clock,” among other claims (Smith v. The Cheesecake Factory Restaurants, Inc. et al; Case No. 3 06 0829).  The lawsuit seeks unspecified amounts of penalties and other monetary payments on behalf of the plaintiffs and other purported class members. The plaintiffs also seek

 

60



Table of Contents

 

attorneys’ fees.  On February 4, 2010, the Court granted our motion to compel arbitration and issued an order dismissing all individual defendants in the case.  The plaintiffs filed their demand for arbitration on April 19, 2010.  On July 16, 2010, we filed a Motion to Appoint Arbitrators for the individual plaintiffs with the U.S. District Court.  On November 16, 2010 the U.S. District Court granted the Company’s motion to compel separate arbitrations for the individual plaintiffs in the respective jurisdictions where they worked.  We intend to vigorously defend these actions.  Based on the current status of this matter, we have not reserved for any potential future payments.

 

We are also subject to other private lawsuits, administrative proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business.  These claims typically involve claims from guests, staff members and others related to operational issues common to the foodservice industry.  A number of these claims may exist at any given time and some of the employee claims may be plead as class actions.  We could be affected by adverse publicity and litigation costs resulting from such allegations, regardless of whether these allegations are valid or whether we are determined to be liable.  From time to time, we are also involved in lawsuits with respect to infringements of, or challenges to, our registered trademarks.  At this time, we believe that the final disposition of these lawsuits, proceedings and claims will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.  It is possible, however, that our future results of operations for a particular quarter or fiscal year could be impacted by changes in circumstances relating to lawsuits, proceedings or claims.

 

We have employment agreements with certain of our executive officers that provide for payments to those officers in the event of an actual or constructive termination of their employment, including following a change in control of the Company or otherwise without cause or in the event of death or disability, as defined in those agreements.  Aggregate payments totaling approximately $2.9 million would have been required by those agreements had all such officers terminated their employment for reasons requiring such payments as of December 28, 2010.  In addition, the employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, which is in effect through May 7, 2012, specifies an annual founder’s retirement benefit of $650,000 for ten years after termination of his full time employment.  During fiscal 2009, we incurred compensation expense of $2.9 million resulting from a change in the amount and structure of this retirement benefit.  No retirement benefit expense was recorded in fiscal 2010.

 

11.  Stockholders’ Equity:

 

We have an outstanding authorization from our Board of Directors to repurchase up to 31 million shares of our common stock.  Under this authorization, we have cumulatively repurchased a total of 25.2 million shares at a total cost of $558.3 million through December 28, 2010.  The authorization does not have an expiration date, does not require us to purchase a specific number of shares and may be modified, suspended or terminated at any time.

 

In October 2008, we suspended our share repurchase program in order to maintain maximum flexibility in our capital decisions in light of the unprecedented crisis in the global financial markets and the indeterminate future impact it could have on the overall economy and on our business.  In February 2010, our Board of Directors reinstated our stock repurchase program and approved the adoption of a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 (“10b5-1Plan”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time (“Act”), which was effective from March 2010 through December 2010.  In February 2011, our Board of Directors approved a new 10b5-1 Plan, which will be effective from March 16, 2011 through February 29, 2012.  In addition, the Board of Directors approved the terms of a share repurchase plan pursuant to which we are authorized to repurchase shares of our common stock in open market transactions in accordance with Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, such plan to be effective from February 24, 2011 through May 13, 2011.

 

The timing and number of shares repurchased pursuant to the share repurchase authorization are subject to a number of factors, including current market conditions, legal constraints, available cash or other sources of funding and financial covenants under our credit facility that limit share repurchases based on a defined leverage ratio.  (See Note 7 for further discussion of our long-term debt.)  Shares may be repurchased in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions at times and prices considered appropriate by us.  We make the determination to repurchase shares based on several factors, including an evaluation of current and future capital needs associated with new restaurant development, current and forecasted cash flows, a review of our capital structure and cost of capital, and our share price.

 

During fiscal 2010 and 2008, we repurchased 2.1 million and 9.6 million shares of our common stock at a cost of $52.1 million and $172.5 million, respectively.  We did not repurchase any shares during fiscal 2009.  Repurchased common stock is reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.

 

12.  Stock-Based Compensation

 

We maintain performance incentive plans under which incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, deferred shares, performance shares and performance units may be granted to employees and consultants.  Our current practice is to issue new shares, rather than treasury shares, upon stock option exercises and for restricted share grants.  To date, we have only granted non-qualified stock options and restricted shares of common stock under these plans.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Stock options generally vest at 20% per year or, in the case of restaurant management, cliff vest in five years and expire eight to ten years from the date of grant.  Certain stock options require that either the grantee or the Company satisfy specified performance criteria prior to exercisability of vested stock options.  Restricted shares generally cliff vest at three to five years from the date of grant and require that the staff member remains employed in good standing with the Company as of the vesting date.  Certain executive officer stock options and restricted stock may vest earlier in the event of a change of control, as defined in the plan.  Our current performance incentive plan permits the issuance of up to 3.8 million shares of our common stock, of which 3.6 million are currently available for grant.

 

Non-employee directors have received only non-qualified stock options under a non-employee director equity plan, which expired in May 2007.  Currently, we do not have a plan under which non-employee directors may be granted stock options or other equity interests in the Company.

 

The following table presents information related to stock-based compensation (in thousands):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

10,913

 

$

14,610

 

$

13,134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

4,139

 

5,537

 

3,901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized stock-based compensation (1)

 

257

 

473

 

1,292

 

 


(1)    It is our policy to capitalize the portion of stock-based compensation costs for our internal development and construction, legal, and facilities departments that relates to capitalizable activities such as the design and construction of new restaurants, remodeling existing locations, lease, intellectual property and liquor license acquisition activities and equipment installation.  Capitalized stock-based compensation is included in property and equipment, net and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Stock Options

 

The weighted average fair value at the grant date for options issued during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $10.03, $5.29 and $6.78 per option, respectively.  The fair value of options at the grant date was estimated utilizing the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively: (a) no dividend yield on our stock, (b) expected stock price volatility of 41.1%, 55.5% and 39.9%, (c) a risk-free interest rate of 2.3%, 2.0% and 3.0%, and (d) an expected option term of 5.8 years, 5.4 years and 5.3 years.  The fair value of options is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

 

The expected option term represents the estimated period of time until exercise and is based on historical experience of similar options, giving consideration to the contractual terms, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior.  Expected stock price volatility is based on a combination of the historical volatility of our stock and the implied volatility of actively traded options on our common stock.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant with an equivalent remaining term. We have not paid dividends in the past and do not currently plan to pay dividends in the near future.  Compensation expense is recognized only for those options expected to vest, with forfeitures estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations.

 

Stock option activity during fiscal 2010 was as follows:

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value(1)

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

(In years)

 

(In thousands)

 

Outstanding at start of year

 

10,254

 

$

22.40

 

5.9

 

$

32,450

 

Granted

 

729

 

$

23.86

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(1,437

)

$

21.29

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

(387

)

$

23.82

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

9,159

 

$

22.63

 

5.4

 

$

79,835

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of year

 

4,097

 

$

27.10

 

3.8

 

$

18,749

 

 


(1)                       Aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between our closing stock price at fiscal year end and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options and represents the pretax amount that would have been received by the option holders, had they all exercised their options on the fiscal year end date.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $10.3 million, $1.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively.  As of December 28, 2010, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested stock options was $18.3 million, which we expect to recognize over a weighted average period of approximately 2.6 years.

 

Restricted Shares

 

Restricted share activity during fiscal 2010 was as follows:

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Fair
Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Outstanding at start of year

 

623

 

$

16.32

 

Granted

 

110

 

$

23.16

 

Vested

 

(184

)

$

25.40

 

Forfeited

 

(12

)

$

11.53

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

537

 

$

14.72

 

 

Fair value of our restricted shares is based on our closing stock price on the date of grant.  The fair value of shares that vested during fiscal years 2010 and 2009 was $4.7 million and $4.5 million, respectively.  No restricted shares vested in fiscal 2008.  The weighted average fair value at the grant date for restricted shares issued during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $23.16, $10.29 and $15.35, respectively.  As of December 28, 2010, total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested restricted shares was $4.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.2 years.

 

13.  Employee Benefit Plans:

 

We have a defined contribution benefit plan in accordance with section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (“401(k) Plan”) that is open to staff members from our three restaurant concepts, as well as our bakery production facilities and corporate office, who meet certain compensation and eligibility requirements.  The 401(k) Plan allows participating staff members to defer the receipt of a portion of their compensation and contribute such amount to one or more investment options.  Our executive officers and other highly compensated staff members are not eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan.  We have historically matched in cash a certain percentage of the employee contributions to the 401(k) Plans; however, we suspended this benefit in May 2009.  We pay for the 401(k) Plan administrative expenses.  Neither the cost of matching contributions nor administrative expenses were significant amounts during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.

 

We have also established The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated Executive Savings Plan (“ESP”).  The ESP is a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for our executive officers and other highly compensated staff members as defined in the ESP and who are otherwise ineligible for participation in our 401(k) Plans.  The ESP allows participating staff members to defer the receipt of a portion of their base compensation and up to 100% of their eligible bonuses.  Non-employee directors may also participate in the ESP and defer the receipt of their earned director fees.  We have historically matched in cash a certain percentage of the base compensation and bonus deferred by participating staff members; however we suspended this benefit in May 2009. We pay for the ESP administrative expenses.  Neither the cost of matching contributions nor administrative expenses were significant amounts during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.  Employee deferrals and any matching funds are deposited into a rabbi trust, and are generally invested in individual variable life insurance contracts owned by us that are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature.  Our consolidated balance sheets reflect our investment in variable life insurance contracts in other assets.  Our obligation to participating staff members is reflected in other noncurrent liabilities.  All income and expenses related to the rabbi trust are reflected in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

We maintain a self-insured medical and dental benefit plan for our staff members.  We have purchased individual stop-loss coverage in order to limit our exposure to any significant medical claims.  Medical benefit plan expenses are accrued based on our estimate of the aggregate liability for uninsured claims incurred using actuarial methods commonly followed in the insurance industry and our historical experience.  The accrued liability for our self-insured medical benefit plan, which is included in other accrued expenses, as of December 28, 2010 and December 29, 2009, was $4.6 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

14.     Income Taxes:

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

$

111,089

 

$

51,307

 

$

73,255

 

Income tax provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

26,580

 

$

9,927

 

$

(2,822

)

State

 

6,883

 

3,345

 

1,605

 

Total current

 

33,463

 

13,272

 

(1,217

)

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(4,024

)

(4,318

)

20,397

 

State

 

(63

)

(480

)

1,782

 

Total deferred

 

(4,087

)

(4,798

)

22,179

 

Total provision

 

$

29,376

 

$

8,474

 

$

20,962

 

 

The following is a reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory rate and the effective tax rate:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax at U.S. federal statutory rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

State and district income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

4.1

 

3.7

 

3.4

 

Tax credits and incentives

 

(8.2

)

(17.0

)

(11.6

)

Executive compensation

 

 

 

3.1

 

Change in uncertain tax positions

 

(0.7

)

(0.2

)

(2.4

)

Manufacturing deduction

 

(3.1

)

(2.6

)

(1.5

)

Deferred compensation

 

(0.6

)

(2.0

)

3.5

 

Other

 

(0.1

)

(0.4

)

(0.9

)

Effective tax rate

 

26.4

%

16.5

%

28.6

%

 

Following are the temporary differences that created our deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 28, 2010

 

December 29, 2009

 

Current deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

Employee benefits

 

$

8,025

 

$

6,212

 

Insurance

 

13,088

 

11,527

 

Inventory

 

(8,910

)

(8,469

)

Prepaid expenses

 

(7,060

)

(6,861

)

Accrued bonuses

 

 

3,085

 

Derivative asset

 

 

1,292

 

Other, net

 

589

 

951

 

Total

 

$

5,732

 

$

7,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

$

(148,927

)

$

(144,416

)

Accrued rent

 

22,269

 

20,384

 

Stock-based compensation

 

20,109

 

21,088

 

Employee benefits

 

8,174

 

6,394

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

3,100

 

2,278

 

State taxes

 

2,330

 

2,260

 

Derivative asset

 

 

1,558

 

Net state operating loss carryforwards

 

 

270

 

Other, net

 

6,027

 

3,136

 

Total

 

$

(86,918

)

$

(87,048

)

 

We have no state net operating loss carryforwards at December 28, 2010.  We had $6.0 million of state net operating loss carryforwards at December 29, 2009 which were fully utilized to reduce state taxes for fiscal 2010.  Had the losses not been utilized, they would begin to expire in 2023.  We had $3.1 million of state tax credit carryforwards at December 28, 2010 and $2.3 million of

 

64



Table of Contents

 

state tax credit carryforwards at December 29, 2009.  These credits begin to expire in 2013.  We have not recorded valuation allowances against these items, as we believe it is more likely than not that future taxable income will be sufficient to fully realize the benefit of these credits.  The earliest tax year still subject to examination by a significant taxing jurisdiction is 2003.

 

At December 28, 2010, we had $2.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits.  If recognized, this amount would unfavorably affect the annual effective income tax rate.  A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

6,460

 

$

3,694

 

$

16,142

 

Additions based on tax positions taken during a prior period

 

 

139

 

570

 

Reductions based on tax positions taken during a prior period

 

(3,085

)

 

(14,907

)

Additions based on tax positions taken during the current period

 

163

 

3,334

 

1,889

 

Reductions related to settlements with taxing authorities and lapses of statutes of limitations

 

(1,403

)

(707

)

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

2,135

 

$

6,460

 

$

3,694

 

 

We recognize interest related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.  Penalties related to uncertain tax positions are part of general and administrative expenses.  During fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recognized $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of accrued interest associated with uncertain tax positions.  During fiscal 2010, we recognized $0.2 million of accrued penalties associated with uncertain tax positions.  We did not accrue any penalties in fiscal 2009 or 2008.  During fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, we relieved $0.3 million, $0.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of interest associated with settlements of disputes with taxing authorities and lapses of statutes of limitations.  At both December 28, 2010 and December 29, 2009, we had approximately $0.8 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions.

 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 28, 2010 is $0.5 million related to tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount could decrease during the next twelve months based on the lapses of statutes of limitations for certain jurisdictions.

 

15.  Stockholder Rights Plan

 

We have a stockholder rights plan that provides for the distribution to stockholders of one right to purchase a unit equal to 1/100 th  of a share of junior participating cumulative preferred stock.  The rights are evidenced by our common stock certificates and automatically trade with our common stock.  The rights are not exercisable unless a person or group acquires (or commences a tender or exchange offer or announces an intention to acquire) 15% or more of our common stock (or 20% or more if such person or group was beneficial owner of 10% or more of our common stock on August 4, 1998 or any time thereafter) without the approval of our Board of Directors.  When declared exercisable, holders of the rights (other than the acquiring person or group) would have the right to purchase units of junior participating cumulative preferred stock having a market value equal to two times the exercise price of each right, which is $110.  Additionally, if we are thereafter merged into another entity, or if more than 50% of our consolidated assets or earnings power is sold or transferred, holders of the rights will be entitled to buy common stock of the acquiring person or group equal to two times the exercise price of each right.  During fiscal 2008, our Board of Directors extended the rights expiration date to August 4, 2018, unless redeemed earlier by us.

 

16.  Segment Information

 

We operate in two business segments, restaurants and bakery.  Restaurants consist of The Cheesecake Factory®, Grand Lux Cafe® and RockSugar Pan Asian Kitchen®.  The bakery segment produces baked desserts and other products for our restaurants and for other foodservice operators, retailers and distributors.  Bakery sales to our restaurants are recorded at prices similar to third-party national accounts.  Unallocated corporate expenses, which include all stock-based compensation, assets and capital expenditures, as well as impairment of assets, are presented below as reconciling items to the amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements.

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Segment information is presented below (in thousands):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restaurants

 

$

1,586,274

 

$

1,534,311

 

$

1,536,543

 

Bakery

 

128,527

 

118,447

 

119,540

 

Intercompany bakery sales

 

(55,397

)

(50,738

)

(49,677

)

 

 

$

1,659,404

 

$

1,602,020

 

$

1,606,406

 

Income from operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restaurants

 

$

208,117

 

$

184,291

 

$

161,755

 

Bakery

 

12,122

 

14,406

 

13,109

 

Impairment of assets

 

 

(26,541

)

(2,952

)

Corporate

 

(92,028

)

(98,439

)

(84,741

)

 

 

$

128,211

 

$

73,717

 

$

87,171

 

Total assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restaurants

 

$

882,208

 

$

881,545

 

$

926,484

 

Bakery

 

56,796

 

53,607

 

57,680

 

Corporate

 

89,393

 

111,599

 

158,466

 

 

 

$

1,028,397

 

$

1,046,751

 

$

1,142,630

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restaurants

 

$

37,590

 

$

32,893

 

$

79,185

 

Bakery

 

1,238

 

1,544

 

2,365

 

Corporate

 

3,019

 

2,806

 

3,357

 

 

 

$

41,847

 

$

37,243

 

$

84,907

 

Depreciation and amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restaurants

 

$

63,977

 

$

65,702

 

$

64,288

 

Bakery

 

3,094

 

3,109

 

2,990

 

Corporate

 

5,069

 

6,373

 

6,012

 

 

 

$

72,140

 

$

75,184

 

$

73,290

 

 

17.  Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data for fiscal 2010 and 2009, is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 

Quarter Ended:

 

March 30, 2010

 

June 29, 2010

 

September 28, 2010

 

December 28, 2010

 

Revenues

 

$

405,433

 

$

418,909

 

$

418,352

 

$

416,710

 

Income from operations

 

$

28,677

 

$

37,295

 

$

31,409

 

$

30,830

 

Net income

 

$

18,666

 

$

19,229

 

$

21,953

 

$

21,865

 

Basic net income per share (2)

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.37

 

Diluted net income per share (2)

 

$

0.31

 

$

0.32

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.36

 

 

Quarter Ended:

 

March 31, 2009

 

June 30, 2009

 

September 29, 2009

 

December 29, 2009

 

Revenues

 

$

392,794

 

$

407,944

 

$

400,640

 

$

400,642

 

Income/(loss) from operations (1)

 

$

17,981

 

$

28,959

 

$

27,336

 

$

(559

)

Net income/(loss)

 

$

10,019

 

$

16,569

 

$

16,258

 

$

(13

)

Basic net income per share (2)

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.27

 

$

0.00

 

Diluted net income per share (2)

 

$

0.17

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.27

 

$

0.00

 

 


(1)    Income from operations includes impairment of assets of $26.5 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009.

(2)    Net income per share calculations for each quarter are based on the weighted average diluted shares outstanding for that quarter and may not total to the full year amount.

 

18.  Subsequent Event

 

In January 2011, we announced our initial expansion plans outside of the United States.  We entered into an exclusive licensing agreement with a Kuwait-based company to build and operate The Cheesecake Factory restaurants in the Middle East.  The agreement provides for the development of 22 restaurants over the next five years in the United Arab Emirates, Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar and the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, with the opportunity to expand the agreement to include other markets in the Middle East and North Africa, Central and Eastern Europe, Russia and Turkey.  This licensing agreement includes an initial development fee, site and design fees and ongoing royalties on our licensee’s restaurant sales.  The transaction also includes an agreement to supply bakery products branded under The Cheesecake Factory trademark to such restaurants.  We do not expect this agreement to have a meaningful impact on our financial results in the near term.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Item

 

Form

 

File Number

 

Incorporated by
Reference from
Exhibit Number

 

Filed with SEC

2.1

 

Form of Reorganization Agreement

 

Amend. No. 1 to Form S-1

 

33-479336

 

2.1

 

8/17/92

3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation including Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws as of May 20, 2009

 

8-K

 

000-20574

 

3.8

 

5/27/09

3.3

 

Form of Rights Agreement dated as of August 4, 1998 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation

 

8-A

 

000-20574

 

1

 

8/18/98

3.4

 

Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement dated as of November 4, 2003 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation

 

Amend. No. 1 to Form 8-A

 

000-20574

 

2

 

11/13/03

3.5

 

Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement dated as of August 1, 2008 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and Computershare Trust Company

 

Amend. No 2 to Form 8-A

 

000-25074

 

3

 

8/1/08

10.1

 

David Overton Employment Agreement effective June 30, 2009*

 

8-K

 

000-20574

 

10.1

 

7/20/09

10.2

 

The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated 1992 Performance Employee Stock Option Plan *

 

S-1

 

33-479336

 

10.3

 

5/15/92

10.3

 

Amendment to The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated 1992 Performance Employee Stock Option Plan*

 

S-8

 

033-88414

 

99.1

 

1/28/99

10.4

 

Second Amendment to The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated 1992 Performance Employee Stock Option Plan*

 

10-Q

 

000-25074

 

10.1

 

12/8/06

10.5

 

The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (as amended)*

 

S-8

 

333-118757

 

99.3

 

9/2/04

10.6

 

Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the Company’s 1997 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan*

 

10-Q

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

10/26/04

10.7

 

Amended and Restated Year 2000 Omnibus Performance Stock Incentive Plan*

 

S-8

 

333-118757

 

99.1

 

9/2/04

10.8

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Year 2000 Omnibus Performance Stock Incentive Plan*

 

10-Q

 

000-25074

 

10.2

 

12/8/06

10.9

 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Year 2000 Omnibus Performance Stock Incentive Plan*

 

10-K

 

000-25074

 

10.10

 

2/22/07

10.10

 

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Year 2000 Omnibus Performance Stock Incentive Plan*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

7/25/08

10.11

 

Amended and Restated 2001 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan*

 

S-8

 

333-118757

 

99.2

 

9/2/04

10.12

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Year 2001 Omnibus Performance Stock Incentive Plan*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.2

 

7/25/08

10.13

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option and/or Restricted Share Award *

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

1/5/07

10.14

 

Amended Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option and/or Restricted Share Award*

 

10-K

 

000-25074

 

10.17

 

2/27/09

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Annual Performance Incentive Plan*

 

10-K

 

000-25074

 

10.3

 

4/4/05

10.16

 

Form of Employment Agreements with Debby R. Zurzolo and Max S. Byfuglin*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

3/28/06

10.17

 

Form of First Amendment to Employment Agreements with Debby R. Zurzolo and Max S. Byfuglin*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.2

 

12/10/07

10.18

 

Form of Second Amendment to Employment Agreement with Debby R. Zurzolo*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.3

 

1/5/09

10.19

 

Form of Second Amendment to Employment Agreement with Max S. Byfuglin*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.2

 

1/5/09

10.20

 

Loan Agreement dated as of April 3, 2007 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and JPMorgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent, Bank of the West as Syndication Agent, and Bank of America, Wells Fargo Bank and Rabobank Nederland, as Documentation Agents

 

10-Q

 

000-25074

 

10.5

 

4/27/07

 

67



Table of Contents

 

10.21

 

Form of Amendment No. 1 to Loan Agreement dated as of March 5, 2008 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and JPMorgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

3/11/08

10.22

 

Form of Amendment No. 2 to Loan Agreement dated as of January 2, 2009 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and JPMorgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

1/6/09

10.23

 

Cap/Floor Collar Transaction dated as of April 3, 2007 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and JPMorgan Chase Bank (22)

 

10-Q

 

000-25074

 

10.7

 

4/27/07

10.24

 

Cap/Floor Collar Transaction dated as of October 3, 2007 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

10-Q

 

000-25074

 

10.2

 

10/26/07

10.25

 

Cap/Floor Collar Transaction dated as of March 5, 2008 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and Bank of the West

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

3/17/08

10.26

 

Master Confirmation dated as of March 12, 2007 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

10-Q

 

000-25074

 

10.0

 

4/27/07

10.27

 

Supplemental Confirmation dated as of March 12, 2007 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

10-Q

 

000-25074

 

10.1

 

4/27/07

10.28

 

Amended and Restated Executive Savings Plan*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.3

 

7/25/08

10.29

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Savings Plan *

 

10-K

 

000-25074

 

10.34

 

2/27/09

10.30

 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Savings Plan*

 

10-Q

 

000-25074

 

10.2

 

5/6/10

10.31

 

Employment Agreement between the Company and Michael E. Jannini dated February 11, 2010*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

10.1

 

2/17/10

10.32

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

12/14/07

10.33

 

Real Estate Option Agreement dated April 22, 2005

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

8/2/05

10.34

 

First Amendment to Option Agreement dated as of June 28, 2005

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.2

 

8/2/05

10.35

 

Inducement Agreement dated as of July 27, 2005

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.3

 

8/2/05

10.36

 

First Amendment to Inducement Agreement dated as of March 1, 2010

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

10.37

 

Amended Agreement of Grant of Stock Option to Debby R. Zurzolo*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.2

 

12/18/06

10.38

 

Amended Agreement of Grant of Stock Option to Debby R. Zurzolo*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.3

 

12/18/06

10.38

 

Stipulation of Settlement

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

10.1

 

2/28/08

10.40

 

Form of Employment Agreement with W. Douglas Benn dated January 19, 2009*

 

8-K

 

000-25074

 

99.1

 

1/23/09

10.41

 

Notice and Agreement of Grant of Stock Option and/or Restricted Share Award between the Company and David Overton dated May 7, 2009*

 

8-K

 

000-20574

 

99.1

 

5/9/09

10.42

 

2010 Stock Incentive Plan*

 

S-8

 

333-167298

 

99.1

 

6/3/10

10.43

 

2010 Amended and Restated Annual Performance Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on June 2, 2010*

 

DEF 14A

 

000-20574

 

Appendix B

 

4/23/10

10.44

 

Form of Grant Agreement for Executive Officers under 2010 Stock Incentive Plan*

 

10-Q

 

000-20574

 

10.1

 

11/4/10

10.45

 

Annual Management Performance Incentive Plan effective December 31, 2010*

 

10-Q

 

000-20574

 

10.2

 

11/4/2010

10.46

 

Loan Agreement dated as of December 3, 2010 between The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated and JPMorgan Chase Bank NA as Administrative Agent, Bank of the West as Syndication Agent, and Bank of America NA, Wells Fargo Bank and Rabobank Nederland, as Documentation Agents

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

21

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

31.1

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

31.2

 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

32.1

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

 

68



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Principal Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for Principal Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

Exhibit 101

 

XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) The following materials from The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the years ended December 28, 2010, formatted in Extensive Business Reporting Language (XBRL), (i) consolidated balance sheets, (ii) consolidated statements of operations, (iii) consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity, (iv) consolidated statements of cash flows, and (v) the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

Filed herewith

 


* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 23 rd  day of February 2011.

 

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID OVERTON

 

By:

David Overton

 

 

Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ W. DOUGLAS BENN

 

By:

W. Douglas Benn

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ CHERYL M. SLOMANN

 

By:

Cheryl M. Slomann

 

 

Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (principal accounting officer)

 

70



Table of Contents

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David Overton and W. Douglas Benn, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID OVERTON

 

Chairman of the Board and

 

February 23, 2011

David Overton

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ W. DOUGLAS BENN

 

Executive Vice President and

 

February 23, 2011

W. Douglas Benn

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ CHERYL M. SLOMANN

 

Vice President, Controller and

 

February 23, 2011

Cheryl M. Slomann

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ ALEXANDER L. CAPPELLO

 

Director

 

February 23, 2011

Alexander L. Cappello

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ ALLEN J. BERNSTEIN

 

Director

 

February 23, 2011

Allen J. Bernstein

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ THOMAS L. GREGORY

 

Director

 

February 23, 2011

Thomas L. Gregory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ JEROME I. KRANSDORF

 

Director

 

February 23, 2011

Jerome I. Kransdorf

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID B. PITTAWAY

 

Director

 

February 23, 2011

David B. Pittaway

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ AGNIESZKA WINKLER

 

Director

 

February 23, 2011

Agnieszka Winkler

 

 

 

 

 

71


 

Exhibit 3.1

 

RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

 

(Originally incorporated in Delaware on February 13, 1992)

 

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED.

 

SECOND: The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is 255,000,000 (two hundred fifty five million) shares, five million (5,000,000) shares of which shall be Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, issuable in one or more series and two hundred fifty million (250,000,000) shares of which shall be Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

 

The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to fix by resolution or resolutions the voting rights, designations, powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof of any wholly unissued shares of Preferred Stock; and to fix the number of shares constituting such series and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding.

 

Pursuant to the authority conferred by this Article Fourth, the following series of Preferred Stock has been designated by the Board of Directors on August 4, 1998 and the Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 18, 1998, such series consisting of such number of shares, with such voting powers and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions therefor as are stated and expressed in the exhibit with respect to such series attached hereto as specified below and incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit 1: Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock

 

FIFTH : The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than five (5) nor more than thirteen (13) directors, the precise number thereof to be fixed from time to time by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the number of directors shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any director at the time in office.

 

Subject to the next sentence of this paragraph, the Board of Directors is and shall remain divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III with the directors in each class elected to terms expiring at the third annual meeting following their election.  Immediately prior to the election of directors at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the annual meeting held in calendar year 2008 (such third annual meeting, the “2011 Annual Meeting”), the division of the Board of Directors into three classes shall terminate, and at and after the 2011 Annual Meeting each director shall be elected for a term expiring at the next annual meeting following such director’s election.  Unless the stockholders are permitted to fill a vacancy pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, (i) any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and (ii) any other vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  Any director appointed to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his predecessor; provided,

 

1



 

however, that at and after the 2011 Annual Meeting, a director appointed to fill such a vacancy shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders held after such appointment.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in Article SIXTH to the contrary, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation, if any, shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article FIFTH unless expressly provided by such terms.

 

SIXTH:  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.  Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, if there be one, or the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).  Prior to the 2011 Annual Meeting, directors of the Corporation may be removed by stockholders only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.  At and after the 2011 Annual Meeting, a director may be removed without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.

 

SEVENTH: All the powers of the Corporation, insofar as the same may be lawfully vested by this Certificate of Incorporation in the Board of Directors, are hereby conferred upon the Board of Directors.  In furtherance and not in limitation of such powers, the Board of Directors shall have the power to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal from time to time bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the right of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect thereto to adopt, alter, amend and repeal bylaws made by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that bylaws shall not be adopted, altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation except by the vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote upon the election of directors.

 

EIGHTH: To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance indemnification expenses on behalf of all directors and officers of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall indemnify such other persons as may be required by statute or by the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  No amendment to or repeal of this Article NINTH shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of a director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

TENTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein or by statute, and all rights and powers conferred herein are subject to this reserved power, provided, however, that subject to the powers and rights provided for herein with respect to Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation, if any, but notwithstanding anything else contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with this Article TENTH or Articles SIXTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH OR NINTH of this Certificate of Incorporation or to add an article or provision imposing cumulative voting in the election of directors.

 

ELEVENTH: The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

TWELFTH: Election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

2



 

THIRTEENTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to hold its meetings within or outside the State of Delaware, at such place as from time to time may be designated by the bylaws of the Corporation or by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation which only restates and integrates and does not further amend the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation as amended or supplemented heretofore, other than to provide current address and zip code of the registered agent, and which has been duly adopted in accordance with Section 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, has been executed by its duly authorized officer as of February 9, 2011

 

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Debby R. Zurzolo

 

 

Debby R. Zurzolo, Secretary

 

3



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock

 

Section 1.  DESIGNATION, PAR VALUE AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock” (hereinafter referred to as “Series A Preferred Stock”), the shares of such series shall be with par value of $.01 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 150,000; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if more than a total of 150,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be issuable upon the exercise of Rights (the “Rights”) issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement, dated as of August 4, 1998, between the Corporation and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation, as Rights Agent (as amended from time to time) (the “Rights Agreement”), the Board of Directors of the Corporation, pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, shall direct by resolution or resolutions that a certificate be properly executed, acknowledged and filed providing for the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock authorized to be issued to be increased (to the extent that the Certificate of Incorporation then permits) to the largest number of whole shares (rounded up to the nearest whole number) issuable upon exercise of the Rights.

 

Section 2.  DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

 

(A)          Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of assets legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first business day of December, March, June, and August in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “QUARTERLY DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATE”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $2.50 per share ($10,000 per annum) or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the “COMMON STOCK”) or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

(B)           The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $2.50 per share ($10,000 annually) on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

 

(C)           Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

 

1



 

Section 3.  VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

 

(A)          Except as provided in paragraph C of this Section 3 and subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or effect a subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

(B)           Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(C)           (i)  If, on the date used to determine stockholders of record for any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, a default in preference dividends (as defined in subparagraph (v) below) on the Series A Preferred Stock shall exist, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting as a class as described in subparagraph (ii) below, to elect two directors (in addition to the directors elected by holders of Common Stock of the Corporation).  Such right may be exercised (a) at any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors or (b) at a meeting of the holders of shares of Voting Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined), called for the purpose in accordance with the By-laws of the Corporation, until all such cumulative dividends (referred to above) shall have been paid in full or until noncumulative dividends have been paid regularly for at least one year.

 

(ii)  The right of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock to elect two directors, as described above, shall be exercised as a class concurrently with the rights of holders of any other series of Preferred Stock upon which voting rights to elect such directors have been conferred and are then exercisable.  The Series A Preferred Stock and any additional series of Preferred Stock which the Corporation may issue and which may provide for the right to vote with the foregoing series of Preferred Stock are collectively referred to herein as “VOTING PREFERRED STOCK.”

 

(iii)  Each director elected by the holders of shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall be referred to herein as a “PREFERRED DIRECTOR.”  A Preferred Director so elected shall continue to serve as such director for a term of one year, except that upon any termination of the right of all of such holders to vote as a class for Preferred Directors, the term of office of such directors shall terminate.  Any Preferred Director may be removed by, and shall not be removed except by, the vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock then entitled to vote for the election of directors, present (in person or by proxy) and voting together as a single class (a) at a meeting of the stockholders, or (b) at a meeting of the holders of shares of such Voting Preferred Stock, called for the purpose in accordance with the By-laws of the Corporation, or (c) by written consent signed by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock then entitled to vote for the election of directors, taken together as a single class.

 

(iv)  So long as a default in any preference dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall exist or the holders of any other series of Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect Preferred Directors, (a) any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director may be filled (except as provided in the following clause (b)) by an instrument in writing signed by the remaining Preferred Director and filed with the Corporation and (b) in the case of the removal of any Preferred Director, the vacancy may be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock then entitled to vote for the election of directors, present (in person or by proxy) and voting together as a single class, at such time as the removal shall be effected.  Each director appointed as aforesaid by the remaining Preferred Director shall be deemed, for all purposes hereof, to be a Preferred Director.  Whenever (x) no default in preference dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall exist and (y) the holders of other series of Voting Preferred Stock shall no longer be entitled to elect such Preferred

 

2



 

Directors, then the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be reduced by two.

 

(v)  For purposes hereof, a “DEFAULT IN PREFERENCE DIVIDENDS” on the Series A Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have occurred whenever the amount of cumulative and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock shall be equivalent to six full quarterly dividends or more (whether or not consecutive), and, having so occurred, such default shall be deemed to exist thereafter until, but only until, all cumulative dividends on all shares of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been paid through the last Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or until, but only until, non-cumulative dividends have been paid regularly for at least one year.

 

(D)          Except as set forth herein (or as otherwise required by applicable law), holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no general or special voting rights and their consent shall not be required for taking any corporate action.

 

(E)           Nothing herein shall prevent the directors or stockholders from taking any action to increase the number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock, of increasing the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock of the same class as the Series A Preferred Stock or the number of authorized shares of Common Stock or changing the par value of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or issuing options, warrants, or rights to any class of stock of this Corporation as authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation now, or as it may hereafter be amended.

 

Section 4.  CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.

 

(A)          Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not

 

(i)  declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)  declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

 

(iii)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration (except as provided in (iv) below) shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(iv)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

 

(B)           The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

 

3



 

Section 5.  REACQUIRED SHARES.  Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Certificate of Incorporation, in any other Certificate of Amendment creating a series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise required by law.

 

Section 6.  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.

 

Subject to the prior and superior rights of holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up (voluntary or otherwise), (A) no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received the higher of (i) $11,000 per share ($110 per one one-hundredth of a share), plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or nor declared, to the date of such payment, or (ii) an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holder of Common Stock; nor shall any distribution be made (B) to the holders of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, or both) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all other such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares (“Series A Liquidation Preferred”) are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the multiple (initially 100) applicable to Common Stock distributions immediately prior to such event under clause (A) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such multiple by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

Section 7.  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.  In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the multiple (initially 100) set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such multiple by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

Section 8.  NO REDEMPTION.  The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may acquire shares of Series A Preferred Stock in any other manner permitted by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or herein.

 

Section 9.  RANKING.  The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise, and senior to the Common Stock of this Corporation.

 

Section 10.  AMENDMENT.  The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

 

4


Exhibit 10.36

 

NORTH CAROLINA

 

NASH COUNTY

 

AMENDMENT TO INDUCEMENT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT TO INDUCEMENT AGREEMENT dated as of March 1, 2010 (the “Amendment” ), by and among THE CAROLINAS GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, INC., a North Carolina non-profit corporation (the “Partnership” ); NASH COUNTY, a body politic of the State of North Carolina (the “County” ); the CITY OF ROCKY MOUNT, NORTH CAROLINA, a North Carolina municipal corporation (the “City” ); NASH COUNTY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY, a North Carolina non-profit corporation (the “Authority” ); and THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY BAKERY INCORPORATED, a California corporation (the “Company” ).

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, the Partnership, the County, the City, the Authority and the Company entered into the Inducement Agreement, effective as of the 27 th  day of July 2005 (the “Agreement” ) under which the Partnership and the County, identified in the Agreement as the Inducing Parties, and the City and the Authority committed to provide certain cash and other incentives to the Company in consideration of which the Company agreed to acquire the Facility as defined in the Agreement and establish and maintain therein a manufacturing and distribution facility, and make new capital expenditures for the acquisition, expansion, improvement, upfitting and equipping of the Facility totaling an aggregate of at least $12,000,000 by December 31, 2008 and at least $17,000,000 by December 31, 2012 (referred to in the Agreement as “Targeted Expenditures”) and to employ 300 permanent full-time employees by December 31,

 

1



 

2010 and 500 permanent full-time employees by December 31, 2012, all as further described in the Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has accepted the conveyance of the Shell Building No. IV and related land, built out and equipped the Facility as a commercial bakery and warehousing and distribution facility, satisfied the Targeted Expenditures and employed 252 full-time employees in the Facility as of the date first above written;

 

WHEREAS, the long, deep and persistent recession adversely affecting regional, national and global economies has adversely impacted the pace at which the Company has been, and for the foreseeable future will be, able to open new restaurants or grow its other lines of business as previously forecasted and will prevent the Company from being able to employ 300 persons in permanent full-time jobs by December 31, 2010 or 500 persons in permanent full-time jobs by December 31, 2012; and

 

WHEREAS, as a consequence of the severally adverse financial conditions, the Company has requested the Inducing Parties, the City and the Authority to agree to amend the Agreement in the respects set out below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO DO HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.             Defined terms used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

 

2.             The unnumbered paragraph following Paragraph 1c. of the Agreement shall be and hereby is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

2



 

In addition to the Initial County Cash Inducement, the County shall pay the Company an annual cash inducement of $10,000 for four (4) years on July 1 in each year beginning July 1, 2006 and continuing through July 1, 2009 (the “Annual County Cash Inducements” ); provided, however, that the County shall have no obligation to pay any Annual County Cash Inducement on any payment date if the Company has not satisfied all of its obligations to be performed hereunder as of such date. If the Company shall not have satisfied its obligations hereunder as of any payment date but shall satisfy all obligations of the Company to have been satisfied as of a subsequent payment date, all unpaid Annual County Cash Inducements which would have been paid as of such date shall be paid. No Annual County Cash Inducement shall be paid after July 1, 2009.

 

3.     Paragraph 2 of the Agreement shall be and hereby is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

From the date of this Agreement through December 31, 2014 (the “Certification Period” ), Company shall establish and at all times maintain a manufacturing/distribution operation in the Facility, and Company shall make new capital expenditures for the acquisition, expansion, improvement, upfitting and equipping of the Facility totaling an aggregate of at least $12,000,000.00 by December 31, 2008 and of at least $22,500,000 by December 31, 2012 (the “Target Expenditures” ). Target Expenditures shall include only those capital expenditures made at the Facility by Company. Also, by December 31, 2012, the Company will employ and maintain in employment at least 300 permanent full-time employees not less than 40% of whom shall be paid an average wage that

 

3



 

equals or exceeds the hereinafter defined Specified Average Wage, and by the end of the Certification Period on December 31, 2014, Company will employ and maintain in employment at least 500 such permanent full-time employees not less than 40% of whom shall be paid an average wage that equals or exceeds the hereinafter defined Specified Average Wage (the “Target Employment” ). Target Employment shall include only those jobs created by Company which arise from or relate to the manufacturing/distribution operations in the Facility. Further, Company shall endeavor to offer at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the newly-created jobs to persons, who, to the best of Company’s ability to determine within the constraints of laws, qualify as low or moderate income persons or to females, minorities or other legally protected class members, as those terms were previously defined. For purposes of this agreement, “capital expenditures” shall be such expenditures as are treated as capital expenditures according to generally accepted accounting principles and which shall be subject to ad valorem taxes by the County; “permanent full-time employees” shall mean permanent full-time employees at the Facility for the manufacturing/distribution operation; “Specified Average Wage” shall mean the average weekly wage for covered employees as defined by the Employment Security Commission in Nash County, North Carolina (or its successor) based on the latest available annualized data for employees in the Company’s NAICS classification; “Facility” shall mean the Facility described on Exhibit A or any replacement facilities in Nash County, North Carolina approved by the Inducing Parties; and the “average weekly wage” for the Company’s employees shall be derived from adding all wages, salaries and

 

4



 

benefits of all hourly and salaried employees, and dividing that number by total employment, with the salary, wages and benefits for each employee to include basic hourly wage or salary, plus overtime pay, benefits and bonuses.

 

4.     Paragraph 3 of the Agreement shall be and hereby is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

Company shall furnish to the Partnership and County on January 31, 2009, a written certification as to Company’s actual capital expenditures made through December 31, 2008, in whole or in part on the Facility. If Company shall fail to meet the incremental goals for Target Expenditures as of December 31, 2008, Company shall pay the Inducing Parties the sum of $250,000.00 (the “Interim Expenditures Repayment Amount” ). Company shall furnish to the Partnership and County on January 31, 2013, a written certification as to Company’s actual employment through December 31, 2012, in whole or in part on the Facility. If Company shall fail to meet the incremental goals for Target Employment as of December 31, 2012, Company shall pay the Inducing Parties the sum of $250,000.00 (the “Interim Employment Repayment Amount” ).

 

To determine whether Company has satisfied its full obligations hereunder, Company shall furnish to the Partnership and County on January 31, 2015, a written certification as to Company’s actual capital expenditures during the Certification Period made in whole or in part on the Facility, and as to Company’s maximum employment figure of permanent, full-time employees arising from or related to its manufacturing/distribution operations in the Facility

 

5



 

at the Specified Average Wage, all as set forth herein. In addition, Company shall further certify to the Partnership and County that it has continuously operated a manufacturing/distribution business in the Facility at all times since initiation of operations in the Facility following the execution and delivery hereof. Company shall not be required to certify to the Partnership or County actual capital expenditures or employment figures above Target Expenditures or Target Employment. If at the conclusion of the Certification Period, Company has attained the Target Expenditures and attained and maintained the Target Employment and maintained its manufacturing/distribution operations in the Facility at all times since the execution hereof and Company certifies such to the Partnership at the end of the Certification Period, the Company shall be entitled to retain the Inducements paid and the Inducing Parties shall repay to the Company the Interim Expenditures Repayment Amount and Interim Employment Repayment Amount paid by the Company to the Inducing Parties. Subject to the following proviso, if at the conclusion of the Certification Period, Company has failed to reach the Target Expenditures or to reach and maintain Target Employment or to continuously maintain a manufacturing/distribution operation in the Facility, the Company shall repay the filll amount of the Inducements paid to the Company to the Inducing Parties without demand. However, if at the conclusion of the Certification Period, Company has at all times maintained a manufacturing/distribution operation in the Facility and Company has achieved any portion less than one hundred percent (100%) of Target Expenditures or Target Employment, then the repayment shall be the same percentage of the total

 

6



 

Inducements of $2,450,000.00 as the larger percentage of Company’s unfulfilled obligations as measured by comparing the ratios of (i) actual capital expenditures to the Target Expenditures and (ii) actual permanent, full-time employment to the Target Employment. Any repayments made pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 3 shall be without interest prior to its due date and shall represent the Inducing Parties’ sole and exclusive remedy hereunder. The certification to be furnished by Company hereunder shall be signed and verified by an officer of Company and by an independent certified public accounting firm.

 

5.     Except as herein amended the Agreement is hereby ratified and affirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto affixed their hands to multiple counterpart originals which collectively shall constitute a single instrument effective as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

 

THE CAROLINAS GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ John Gessaman

ATTEST:

 

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NASH COUNTY

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Robbie B. Davis

 

 

Chairman of Commissioners

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Wayne Moore

 

 

Nash Clerk

 

 

 

 

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY BAKERY INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Max Byfuglin

ATTEST:

 

President

 

 

 

/s/ Debby Zurzolo

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

8



 

 

NASH COUNTY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

 

ATTEST:

 

President

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE CITY OF ROCKY MOUNT, NORTH CAROLINA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ David W. Combs

 

ATTEST:

 

Mayor

 

/s/ Jean M. Bailey

 

 

 

 

City Clerk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(CORPORATE SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF CALIFORNIA

 

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES

 

I,                                                , a Notary Public of the State and County aforesaid, certify that                                              personally came before me this day and acknowledged that          he is President of THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY BAKERY INCORPORATED, a                                                 corporation, and that by authority duly given and as the act of the corporation, the foregoing instrument was signed in its name by its                                        President, sealed with its corporate seal, and attested by                                       self as its                                       Secretary.

 

Witness my hand and official stamp or seal, this            day of                                             , 2010.

 

 

 

please see attached

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(NOTARY SEAL)

 

 

 

9



 

State of California

)

 

 

)ss.

 

County of Los Angeles

)

 

 

 

On December 20, 2010, before me, AsaIly Adib-Samadian, Notary Public, personally appeared Max Byfuglin who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

 

 

 

Witness my hand and official seal.

ASALLY ADIB-SAMADIAN

 

 

Commission # 1904060

 

 

Notary Public - California

 

 

Los Angeles County

 

 

My Comm Expires Oct 12, 2014

 

/s/ Asally Adib-Samadian

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

(Seal above)

 

 

 



 

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

 

COUNTY OF NASH

 

I, Marianne J. Taylor, a Notary Public of the State and County aforesaid, certify that John Gessaman personally came before me this day and acknowledged that       he is President of THE CAROLINAS GATEWAY PARTNERSHIP, INC., a North Carolina non-profit corporation, and that by authority duly given and as the act of the corporation, the foregoing instrument was signed in its name by its                        President, sealed with its corporate seal, and attested by              self as its                    Secretary.

 

Witness my hand and official stamp or seal, this 9th - day of November, 2010.

 

 

 

/s/ Marianne J. Taylor

 

 

Notary Public

 

My commission expires:

3-31-2014

 

 

 

Marianne J. Taylor

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

(NOTARY SEAL)

Edgecombe County, NC

 

 

 

 

 

 

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

 

 

 

 

 

 

COUNTY OF NASH

 

 

 

 

I, Janice Evans, a Notary Public of the State and County aforesaid, certify that Wayne Moore personally came before me this day and acknowledged that        he is                           Clerk of the Board of Commissioners of NASH COUNTY, a body politic of the state of North Carolina, and that by authority duly given and as the act of the said Nash County, the foregoing instrument was signed in its name by the Chairman of its Board of Commissioners, sealed with its corporate seal, and attested by himself as its                       Clerk.

 

Witness my hand and official stamp or seal, this 2 nd  day of November, 2010.

 

 

 

/s/ Janice Evans

 

 

Notary Public

 

My commission expires:

9-18-2015

 

 

(NOTARY SEAL)

 

JANICE EVANS

NOTARY PUBLIC

HALIFAX COUNTY, N.C.

 

 

10



 

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

 

COUNTY OF                                  

 

I,                                                                      , a Notary Public of the State and County aforesaid, certify that                                     personally came before me this day and acknowledged that he is                                    Secretary of NASH COUNTY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY, a North Carolina non-profit corporation, and that by authority duly given and as the act of the corporation, the foregoing instrument was signed in its name by its                                                 President, sealed with its corporate seal, and attested by                                         self as its                                                                 Secretary.

 

Witness my hand and official stamp or seal, this                           day of                                , 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

 

 

 

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

(NOTARY SEAL)

 

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

 

COUNTY OF NASH

 

I, Pamela O. Casey, a Notary Public of the State and County aforesaid, certify that Jean M. Bailey personally came before me this day and acknowledged that she is City Clerk of CITY OF ROCKY MOUNT, NORTH CAROLINA, a North Carolina municipal corporation, and that by authority duly given and as the act of the said City, the foregoing instrument was signed in its name by the Mayor, sealed with its corporate seal, and attested by herself as its City Clerk.

 

Witness my hand and official stamp or seal, this 9th day of November, 2010.

 

 

 

/s/ Pamela O. Casey

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

My commission expires:

1-31-2015

 

 

 

(NOTARY SEAL)

 

PAMELA O. CASEY

NOTARY PUBLIC

NASH COUNTY, NC

 

11


 

Exhibit 10.46

 

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

December 3, 2010

 

among

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED,

 

The Lenders Party Hereto

 

and

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Administrative Agent,

 

BANK OF THE WEST,
as Syndication Agent

 

and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
and
COÖPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A.,

“RABOBANK NEDERLAND”, NEW YORK BRANCH,
as Documentation Agents

 


 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,
as Sole Bookrunner and Sole Lead Arranger

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01.

Defined Terms

1

SECTION 1.02.

Classification of Loans and Borrowings

16

SECTION 1.03.

Terms Generally

16

SECTION 1.04.

Accounting Terms; GAAP

16

ARTICLE II

THE CREDITS

 

SECTION 2.01.

Commitments

17

SECTION 2.02.

Loans and Borrowings

17

SECTION 2.03.

Requests for Revolving Borrowings

17

SECTION 2.04.

Swingline Loans

18

SECTION 2.05.

Letters of Credit

19

SECTION 2.06.

Funding of Borrowings

23

SECTION 2.07.

Interest Elections

24

SECTION 2.08.

Termination and Reduction of Commitments

25

SECTION 2.09.

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

25

SECTION 2.10.

Prepayment of Loans

26

SECTION 2.11.

Fees

27

SECTION 2.12.

Interest

28

SECTION 2.13.

Alternate Rate of Interest

28

SECTION 2.14.

Increased Costs

29

SECTION 2.15.

Break Funding Payments

30

SECTION 2.16.

Taxes

30

SECTION 2.17.

Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs

32

SECTION 2.18.

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

33

SECTION 2.19.

Defaulting Lenders

34

SECTION 2.20.

Increase in Commitments

35

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 3.01.

Organization; Powers

36

SECTION 3.02.

Authorization; Enforceability

36

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 3.03.

Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts

37

SECTION 3.04.

Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change

37

SECTION 3.05.

Properties; Liens

37

SECTION 3.06.

Litigation and Environmental Matters

37

SECTION 3.07.

Compliance with Laws and Agreements

38

SECTION 3.08.

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Status

38

SECTION 3.09.

Taxes

38

SECTION 3.10.

ERISA

38

SECTION 3.11.

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

39

SECTION 3.12.

Labor Matters

39

SECTION 3.13.

Disclosure

39

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS

 

SECTION 4.01.

Effective Date

39

SECTION 4.02.

Each Credit Event

41

ARTICLE V

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

SECTION 5.01.

Financial Statements and Other Information

41

SECTION 5.02.

Notices of Material Events

42

SECTION 5.03.

Existence; Conduct of Business

43

SECTION 5.04.

Payment of Obligations

43

SECTION 5.05.

Maintenance of Properties; Insurance

43

SECTION 5.06.

Books and Records; Inspection Rights

43

SECTION 5.07.

Compliance with Laws

43

SECTION 5.08.

Use of Proceeds

44

SECTION 5.09.

Additional Guarantors

44

ARTICLE VI

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

SECTION 6.01.

Indebtedness

44

SECTION 6.02.

Liens

45

SECTION 6.03.

Fundamental Changes

46

SECTION 6.04.

Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions

46

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 6.05.

Hedge Agreements

47

SECTION 6.06.

Restricted Payments

47

SECTION 6.07.

Transactions with Affiliates

48

SECTION 6.08.

Restrictive Agreements

48

SECTION 6.09.

Financial Covenants

48

SECTION 6.10.

Sale and Leaseback

49

SECTION 6.11.

Sale of Assets

49

ARTICLE VII

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

ARTICLE VIII

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 9.01.

Notices

54

SECTION 9.02.

Waivers; Amendments

54

SECTION 9.03.

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

56

SECTION 9.04.

Successors and Assigns

57

SECTION 9.05.

Survival

60

SECTION 9.06.

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

60

SECTION 9.07.

Severability

60

SECTION 9.08.

Right of Setoff

61

SECTION 9.09.

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

61

SECTION 9.10.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

61

SECTION 9.11.

Headings

62

SECTION 9.12.

Confidentiality

62

SECTION 9.13.

Interest Rate Limitation

63

SECTION 9.14.

USA PATRIOT Act

63

SECTION 9.15.

California Judicial Reference

63

 

iii



 

SCHEDULES :

 

Schedule 2.01 — Commitments

Schedule 2.05 — Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 3.06 — Disclosed Matters

Schedule 3.11 — Subsidiaries and Equity Interests

Schedule 6.01 — Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02 — Existing Liens

Schedule 6.08 — Existing Restrictions

 

EXHIBITS :

 

Exhibit A — Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B — Form of Opinion of Borrower’s Counsel

Exhibit C — Form of Guaranty

Exhibit D — Form of Compliance Certificate

 

iv



 

LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of December 3, 2010, among THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED, the LENDERS party hereto, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent.

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

ABR ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Acquisition ” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, consummated on or after the date of this Agreement, by which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (a) acquires any ongoing business or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, or division thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (b) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage of voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company.

 

Adjusted Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Debt as of such measurement date plus (ii) the product of eight times Rental Expense for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such measurement date to (b) EBITDAR for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such measurement date.

 

Adjusted LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

 

Administrative Agent ” means JPMCB in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 



 

Alternate Base Rate ” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day.  Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

 

Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.19 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, “Applicable Percentage” shall mean the percentage of the total Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) represented by such Lender’s Commitment.  If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments and to any Lender’s status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.

 

Applicable Rate ” means, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan or Eurodollar Revolving Loan, or with respect to the Unused Fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, (i) from the Closing Date to the date on which the Administrative Agent receives a certificate pursuant to Section 5.01(c) for the fiscal quarter ending December 28, 2010, 0.75% per annum for any ABR Loan, 1.75% per annum for Eurodollar Revolving Loans and 0.30% for the Unused Fee and (ii) thereafter, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR Spread”, “Eurodollar Spread” or “Unused Fee”, as the case may be, based upon the Adjusted Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(c):

 

APPLICABLE RATE

 

Adjusted Leverage Ratio

 

Eurodollar Spread

 

ABR Spread

 

Unused Fee

 

< 3.00 to 1.0

 

1.75

%

0.75

%

0.30

%

3.00 to 1.0 < x < 3.50 to 1.0

 

2.00

%

1.00

%

0.35

%

> 3.50 to 1.0

 

2.25

%

1.25

%

0.40

%

 

Approved Fund ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

 

2



 

Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

 

Borrower ” means The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

 

Borrowing ” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Swingline Loan.

 

Borrowing Request ” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “ Business Day ” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Interest Expense ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, Interest Expense, minus the portion thereof which is not payable in cash.

 

Change in Control ” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of Equity Interests representing more than 33.3% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower; (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated; (c) the Borrower consolidates with or merges into another Person or conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all of its property to any Person, or any Person consolidates with or merges into the Borrower, in either event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower are reclassified or changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property; or (d) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Borrower by any Person or group.

 

Change in Law ” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or enforcement or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.14(b), by any lending

 

3



 

office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

 

Charges ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13.

 

Class ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.08, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.20 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04.  The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.  The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $200,000,000.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” means at any time the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis as of such time.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Debt ” means the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the nature referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) of the definition of “Indebtedness”.  The Debt of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that any amounts classified as Deemed Landlord Financing Liabilities shall not be deemed to be Debt for purposes hereof.

 

Deemed Landlord Financing Liabilities ” means any deemed landlord financing liabilities as determined in accordance with GAAP so long as such liabilities are not evidenced by a note or similar instrument and are repayable solely through the payment of Rental Expense (or the Borrower is not required to repay such liability).

 

Default ” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

 

4



 

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, that has (a) failed to fund any portion of its Loans or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans within three Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) failed, within three Business Days after the reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of this Agreement relating to its obligations to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans, (d) otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (e) (i) become or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent or (ii) become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or custodian, appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

 

Disclosed Matters ” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed by the Borrower in its periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Effective Date or such matters that have occurred prior to the Effective Date and are expected to be disclosed in such a report to be filed after the Effective Date, which are described in Schedule 3.06.

 

dollars ” or “ $ ” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

 

EBITDA ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Net Income for such period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Net Income, without duplication: (i) Interest Expense for such period, (ii) the net provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense for such period, (iv) the amount of noncash stock option expense for such period, (v) other non-recurring expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries reducing such Net Income for such period which do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period and (vi) reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition consummated during such period and supported by documentation provided to the Administrative Agent and minus (b) to the extent included in calculating such Net Income, without duplication, (i) all noncash items increasing Net Income for such period and (ii) all EBITDA of any joint venture or other non-wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower for such period, except to the extent of any amounts distributed to the Borrower in cash.

 

5



 

EBITDAR ” means, for any period, EBITDA for such period plus, to the extent deducted from Net Income, the Rental Expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period.

 

Effective Date ” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

 

EITF ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.10.

 

Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Interests “ means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any such equity interest.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30 day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or

 

6



 

partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Eurodollar ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income  by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.18(b)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.16(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.16(a).

 

Existing Loan Agreement ” means that certain Loan Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2007, among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and JPMCB, as Administrative Agent, as amended prior to the date hereof.

 

Existing Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit listed on Schedule 2.05 that were issued by the Issuing Bank (as defined in the Existing Loan Agreement) for the account of the Borrower.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

 

7



 

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located.  For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Guarantee ” of or by any Person (the “ guarantor ”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided , that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

 

Guarantors ” means, collectively, The Cheesecake Factory Restaurants, Inc., The Cheesecake Factory Bakery Incorporated, TCF Co. LLC (formerly known as The Cheesecake Factory Assets Co. LLC), Grand Lux Cafe, LLC and any other Subsidiary that executes a joinder to the Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.09.

 

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Hedge Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value

 

8



 

or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Hedge Agreement.

 

Holdout Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).

 

Increase Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c).

 

Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Indemnitee ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).

 

Information Memorandum ” means the Confidential Information Memorandum dated November 2010 relating to the Borrower and the Transactions.

 

Interest Election Request ” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07.

 

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with borrowed money or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which

 

9



 

such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

 

Interest Period ” means with respect to the initial Interest Period hereunder, the period commencing on the date of the initial Borrowing and continuing for such number of days as the Borrower and Administrative Agent may agree and with respect to any subsequent Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding date in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided , that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.  For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

Issuing Bank ” means JPMCB, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i).  The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

 

JPMCB ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association.

 

LC Disbursement ” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

 

LC Exposure ” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time.  The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

 

Lenders ” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

 

Letter of Credit ” means the Existing Letters of Credit and any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

LIBO Rate ” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Dow Jones Market Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing

 

10



 

rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period.  In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Guaranty and (c) any other agreement or certificate executed by a Loan Party from time to time in connection with this Agreement.

 

Loan Party ” means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

Loans ” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or (c) the rights of or remedies available to the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents.

 

Material Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit) or obligations in respect of one or more Hedge Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10,000,000.  For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedge Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedge Agreement were terminated at such time.

 

Maturity Date ” means December 3, 2015.

 

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.13.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service Inc.

 

11



 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Income ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (in accordance with GAAP but excluding extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses) for that period.

 

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.

 

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04(e).

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

 

(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

 

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

 

(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

 

(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII; and

 

(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

12



 

Permitted Investments ” means any of:

 

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

 

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

 

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

 

(e) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000; or

 

(f) other Investments to the extent permitted under the Borrower’s Investment Policy dated May 31, 2006 (without giving effect to any amendments thereto).

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank as its prime rate in effect at its office located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

 

Property ” of a Person means any and all property, whether real, personal, tangible, intangible, or mixed, of such Person, or other assets owned, leased or operated by such Person.

 

13



 

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Rental Expense ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, total rental expense as calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing at least 50.1% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time (but subject to Section 2.19(b)  with respect to Defaulting Lenders).

 

Replacement Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.02(c).

 

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower.

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Revolving Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.03.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary (including such Subsidiary’s interest in its direct and indirect Subsidiaries) of the Borrower that

 

(a) accounted for at least 5% of consolidated revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or 5% of EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case for the four fiscal quarters of the Borrower ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter of the Borrower immediately preceding the date as of which any such determination is made; or

 

(b) has total assets which represent at least 5% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the last fiscal quarter of the Borrower immediately preceding the date as of which any such determination is made.

 

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency

 

14



 

funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board).  Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D.  Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation.  The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

 

Subsidiary ” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

 

Swingline Exposure ” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time.  The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total  Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Swingline Lender ” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

 

Swingline Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

 

Transactions ” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and the Guarantors of the Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof, and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

Type ”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

 

Unused Fee ” means the fee payable by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.11(a).

 

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

15



 

SECTION 1.02.  Classification of Loans and Borrowings .  For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Revolving Loan”) or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Loan”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Revolving Loan”).  Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class ( e.g. , a “Revolving Borrowing”), or by Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Borrowing”) or by Class and Type ( e.g. , a “Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing”).

 

SECTION 1.03.  Terms Generally .  The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”.  Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

SECTION 1.04.  Accounting Terms; GAAP .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until  such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision  amended in accordance herewith.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, it is understood and agreed that the computation of Capital Lease Obligations shall be made in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date, notwithstanding any subsequent changes in GAAP, and that Interest Expense and Rental Expense shall be calculated without giving any effect to any change in the treatment of Capital Lease Obligations under GAAP after the Effective Date.

 

16



 

ARTICLE II

 

The Credits

 

SECTION 2.01.  Commitments .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment or (b) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

 

SECTION 2.02.  Loans and Borrowings .  (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments.  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

 

(b)           Subject to Section 2.13, each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith.  Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan.  Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)           At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $2,500,000 and not less than $5,000,000.  At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e).  Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $2,000,000.  Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of five Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings outstanding.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

 

SECTION 2.03.  Requests for Revolving Borrowings .  To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before the date of

 

17



 

the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e) may be given not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing.  Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.  Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

 

(i)            the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

 

(ii)           the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)          whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

 

(iv)          in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

 

(v)           the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.

 

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing.  If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.  Promptly following receipt of a  Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

SECTION 2.04.  Swingline Loans .  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $10,000,000 or (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan.  Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

 

(b)           To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan.  The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower.  The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a wire transfer to the account designated by the Borrower on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

 

18



 

(c)           The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding.  Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will participate.  Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each  Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  Each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.  Each Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender.  Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

 

SECTION 2.05.  Letters of Credit .  (a)  General .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period.  In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.  All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Effective Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.

 

(b)           Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions .  To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing

 

19



 

Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit.  If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit.  A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $35,000,000 and (ii) the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Commitments.

 

(c)           Expiration Date .  Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) unless such Letter of Credit is cash collateralized as provided in subsection (j) hereof, the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

 

(d)           Participations .  By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason.  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

 

(e)           Reimbursement .  If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives

 

20



 

such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than $1,000,000, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.04 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan.  If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof.  Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders.  Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.  Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

 

(f)            Obligations Absolute .  The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder.  Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.  The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or

 

21



 

willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination.  In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

 

(g)           Disbursement Procedures .  The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit.  The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

 

(h)           Interim Interest .  If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.12(c) shall apply.  Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

 

(i)            Replacement of the Issuing Bank .  The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank.  At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(b).  From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require.  After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

 

(j)            Cash Collateralization .  If (i) any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative

 

22



 

Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50.1% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph or (ii) the Borrower shall request the issuance of a Letter of Credit with an expiry date subsequent to the fifth Business Day prior to the Maturity Date, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date (or, in the case of clause (ii), in the face amount of such Letter of Credit) plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII.  Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.  The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account.  Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest.  Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account.  Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure  representing greater than 50.1% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement.  If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

 

SECTION 2.06.  Funding of Borrowings .  (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.04.  The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by wire transfer to the account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

 

(b)           Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such

 

23



 

amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans.  If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

 

SECTION 2.07.  Interest Elections .  (a) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request.  Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section.  The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

 

(b)           To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election.  Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower.  This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

 

(c)           Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

 

(i)            the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

 

(ii)           the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)          whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

 

(iv)          if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

 

24



 

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

(d)           Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

 

(e)           If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

 

SECTION 2.08.  Termination and Reduction of Commitments .  (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

 

(b)           The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.10, the Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.

 

(c)           The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof.  Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.  Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.  Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent.  Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

 

SECTION 2.09.  Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt .  (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date, and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th

 

25



 

or last day of a calendar month and is at least two Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

 

(b)           Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(d)           The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)           Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note.  In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent.  Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

 

SECTION 2.10.  Prepayment of Loans .  (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

 

(b)           The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment, or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment.  Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.08, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.08.  Promptly following

 

26



 

receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof.   Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02.  Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing.  Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.12.

 

SECTION 2.11.  Fees .  (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender an Unused Fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily unused amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates.  Accrued Unused Fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.  All Unused Fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(b)           The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder.  Participation fees and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand.  Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within 10 days after demand.  All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

(c)           The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)           All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable

 

27



 

to it) for distribution, in the case of Unused Fees, to the Lenders.  Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

SECTION 2.12.  Interest .  (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(b)           The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the  rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

 

(d)           Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

(e)           All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).  The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

SECTION 2.13.  Alternate Rate of Interest .  If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

 

(a)           the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

 

(b)           the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

 

28



 

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

 

SECTION 2.14.  Increased Costs .  (a) If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)            impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank; or

 

(ii)           impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit participation therein;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining the Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)           If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)           A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or the Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower

 

29



 

shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)           Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

SECTION 2.15.  Break Funding Payments .  In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurodollar Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.10(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event.  In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market.  A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

SECTION 2.16.  Taxes .  (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and

 

30



 

(iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(b)           In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)           The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender, and the Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)           As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)           Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.

 

(f)            If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.16, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.16 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided , that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

31



 

SECTION 2.17.  Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs .  (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set off or counterclaim.  Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon.  All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof.  If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension.  All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

 

(b)           If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements, then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements, then due to such parties.

 

(c)           If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply).  The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender

 

32



 

acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

 

(d)           Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due.  In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or the Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

(e)           If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(c), 2.05(d), 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender and for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid, and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under such Sections; in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

 

SECTION 2.18.  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders .  (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or 2.16, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

(b)           If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.14, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which

 

33



 

assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.14 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.16, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments.  A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

SECTION 2.19.  Defaulting Lenders .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a)           fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(a);

 

(b)           the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 9.02), provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender differently than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender;

 

(c)           if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

 

(i)            all or any part of such Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent (x) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitments and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 are satisfied at such time; and

 

(ii)           if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x)  first , prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y)  second , cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

 

(iii)          if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to Section 2.19(c), the Borrower shall not be required to

 

34



 

pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

 

(iv)          if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to Section 2.19(c), then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; or

 

(v)           if any Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to Section 2.19(c), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, all Unused Fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender under Section 2.11(a) (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.11(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing Bank until such LC Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated; and

 

(d)           so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.19(c), and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.19(c)(i) (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein).

 

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall (i) purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage and (ii) reimburse the other Lenders for any amounts that would be owing to such Lenders under Section 2.15 if such purchase were a repayment by the Borrower.

 

SECTION 2.20.  Increase in Commitments .  (a)  Increase .  Provided there exists no Default, the Borrower may from time to time request an increase in the Commitments by an amount (for all such increases) not exceeding $50,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000, (ii) the Borrower may make a maximum of three such requests and (iii) the consent of the Lenders shall not be required for an such increase.

 

(b)           Additional Lenders .  Subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Borrower may (i) invite existing Lenders to increase the amount of their

 

35



 

Commitments and/or (ii) invite additional proposed lenders to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Lender shall have any obligation to increase its Commitment and no Lender’s Commitment shall be increased without its consent thereto, and each Lender may at its option, unconditionally and without cause, decline to increase its Commitment.

 

(c)           Effective Date and Allocations .  If the Commitment is increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “ Increase Effective Date ”) and the Borrower shall (subject to clause (b) above) determine final allocation of such increase.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.

 

(d)           Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase .  As a condition precedent to such increase, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of each Loan Party dated as of the Increase Effective Date signed by an authorized officer of such Loan Party (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by such Loan Party approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, the representations and warranties contained in Article V and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date.  The Borrower shall prepay any Loans outstanding on the Increase Effective Date (and pay any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.15) to the extent necessary to keep the outstanding Loans ratable with any revised Applicable Percentages arising from any nonratable increase in the Commitments under this Section.

 

(e)           Conflicting Provisions .  This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 9.02 to the contrary.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

 

SECTION 3.01.  Organization; Powers .  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

 

SECTION 3.02.  Authorization; Enforceability .  The Transactions are within the Borrower’s corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in

 

36



 

accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

SECTION 3.03.  Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts .  The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 3.04.  Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change .  (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2009, reported on by Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP, independent public accountants.  Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP.

 

(b)           Since December 29, 2009, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

SECTION 3.05.  Properties; Liens .  (a) Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

 

(b)           Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)           The property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 6.02.

 

SECTION 3.06.  Litigation and Environmental Matters .  (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result

 

37



 

in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.

 

(b)           Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

 

(c)           Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 3.07.  Compliance with Laws and Agreements .  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

SECTION 3.08.  Margin Regulations; Investment Company Status .  (a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

 

(b)           Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

SECTION 3.09.  Taxes .  Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 3.10.  ERISA .  No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $10,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the

 

38



 

most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $10,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.

 

SECTION 3.11.  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests .  As of the Effective Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 3.11, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by a Loan Party in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 3.11 free and clear of all Liens.  As of the Effective Date, the Borrower has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part(b) of Schedule 3.11.

 

SECTION 3.12.  Labor Matters .  There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty within the last five years.

 

SECTION 3.13.  Disclosure .  The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Information Memorandum nor any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time made (it being understood that any such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Borrower’s control, and that actual results may differ from any such projected financial information and such differences may be material).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Conditions

 

SECTION 4.01.  Effective Date .  The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

 

(a)           The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

 

39



 

(b)           The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party thereto either (i) a counterpart of the Guaranty signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that such party has signed a counterpart of the Guaranty.

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent shall have received a written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, and covering such other matters relating to the Loan Parties, this Agreement or the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.  The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

 

(d)           The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Loan Parties, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties, this Agreement or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

 

(e)           All governmental and third party approvals necessary or, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, advisable in connection with the financing contemplated hereby and the continuing operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

 

(f)            The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) satisfactory audited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for the three most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available and (ii) satisfactory unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for each quarterly period ended subsequent to the date of the latest financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are available.

 

(g)           The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.

 

(h)           The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the Existing Loan Agreement has been, or concurrently with the Effective Date is being, terminated, all Liens securing obligations thereunder have been, or concurrently with the Effective Date are being, released, and arrangements shall have been made for the return of all stock certificates and other negotiable collateral in the possession of JPMCB pursuant to the Existing Loan Agreement concurrently with or promptly following the Effective Date; and

 

(i)            The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out of pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

 

40



 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 9.02) at or prior to 5:00 p.m., Los Angeles time, on December 31, 2010 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate at such time).

 

SECTION 4.02.  Each Credit Event .  The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a)           The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal, extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable (other than the representations and warranties that specifically refer to an earlier date).

 

(b)           At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Affirmative Covenants

 

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

SECTION 5.01.  Financial Statements and Other Information .  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(a)           within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

 

(b)           within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of

 

41



 

operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

 

(c)           concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a compliance certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit D (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 6.01, 6.04, 6.06 and 6.09 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

 

(d)           promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be;

 

(e)           as soon as available but not less than 60 days after the beginning of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the projected consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement of the Borrower for such fiscal year; and

 

(f)            promptly following any request therefor, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any audit thereof, and any other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 5.02.  Notices of Material Events .  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

 

(a)           the occurrence of any Default;

 

(b)           the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

42



 

(c)            the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding $10,000,000; and

 

(d)            any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

SECTION 5.03.  Existence; Conduct of Business .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 6.03.

 

SECTION 5.04.  Payment of Obligations .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 5.05.  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

 

SECTION 5.06.  Books and Records; Inspection Rights .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested; provided , however , that unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing the Administrative Agent may not exercise its inspection rights more than two times in any year.

 

SECTION 5.07.  Compliance with Laws .  The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws),

 

43



 

except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

SECTION 5.08.  Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Loans will be used (i) to refinance existing Indebtedness and (ii) for the general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, the repurchase of the Borrower’s common stock and the funding of Permitted Acquisitions and other investments and Restricted Payments permitted hereunder.  No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

 

SECTION 5.09.  Additional Guarantors .  The Borrower will notify the Administrative Agent at the time that any domestic Subsidiary becomes a Significant Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30 days), cause such Person to (a) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of the Guaranty or such other document as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate for such purpose and (b) deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in Section 4.01(d) and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Negative Covenants

 

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

SECTION 6.01.  Indebtedness .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)            Indebtedness created hereunder;

 

(b)            Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.01, and any extensions, renewals or replacements of any such Indebtedness;

 

(c)            Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Guarantor and of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Guarantor;

 

(d)            Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Guarantor and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor;

 

(e)            Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals

 

44



 

and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

 

(f)             secured Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (in addition to that permitted under clause (e) above) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

 

(g)            Deemed Landlord Financing Liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

 

(h)            other unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower (including, without limitation, unsecured Indebtedness that is convertible into equity) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200,000,000 at any time outstanding so long as (i) the Borrower is in compliance with Section 6.09 as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent, adjusted to give pro forma effect to the actual amount of Debt outstanding after the incurrence of such Indebtedness, (ii) such Indebtedness does not include a negative pledge, (iii) such Indebtedness does not require any repayment of the principal thereof prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date and (iv) such Indebtedness has covenants, if any, that are no more restrictive than those included in this Agreement as in effect at the time of incurrence thereof.

 

SECTION 6.02.  Liens .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

 

(a)            Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(b)            any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof;

 

(c)            any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary , as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

(d)            Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured

 

45



 

thereby are incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 90% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

 

(e)            Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (f) of Section 6.01.

 

SECTION 6.03.  Fundamental Changes .  (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or any substantial part of its assets, or all or substantially all of the stock of any of its Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Subsidiary may merge into  any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary, (iii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary and (iv) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.04.

 

(b)            The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.

 

SECTION 6.04.  Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except:

 

(a)            Permitted Investments;

 

(b)            investments by the Borrower existing on the date hereof in the capital stock of its Subsidiaries;

 

(c)            loans or advances made by the Borrower to any Guarantor and made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Guarantor;

 

(d)            Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;

 

46



 

(e)            Acquisitions meeting the following requirements or otherwise approved by the Required Lenders (each such Acquisition constituting a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):

 

(i)             as of the date of the consummation of such Acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Acquisition, and the representation and warranty contained in Section 5.08 shall be true both before and after giving effect to such Acquisition;

 

(ii)            such Acquisition is consummated on a non-hostile basis pursuant to a negotiated acquisition agreement approved by the board of directors or other applicable governing body of the seller or entity to be acquired, and no material challenge to such Acquisition (excluding the exercise of appraisal rights) shall be pending or threatened by any shareholder or director of the seller or entity to be acquired;

 

(iii)           the business to be acquired in such Acquisition is similar or related to one or more of the lines of business in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Effective Date;

 

(iv)           as of the date of the consummation of such Acquisition, all material approvals required in connection therewith shall have been obtained;

 

(v)            the total cash and noncash consideration paid by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for all such Permitted Acquisitions shall not exceed $500,000,000 in the aggregate and the total cash consideration portion thereof shall not exceed $350,000,000 in the aggregate; and

 

(vi)           after giving pro forma effect to such Acquisition, the Adjusted Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.75 to 1.0.

 

(f)             investments by the Borrower or any Guarantor in any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, investments in joint ventures and other Investments in any other Persons, provided that (i) the aggregate amount of investments made pursuant to this clause (f) after the Effective Date shall not exceed $125,000,000 and (ii) after giving pro forma affect to such investment, the Adjusted Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.75 to 1.0.

 

SECTION 6.05.  Hedge Agreements .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedge Agreement, except (a) Hedge Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) Hedge Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 6.06.  Restricted Payments .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of the same class of Equity Interests,

 

47



 

(b) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests, (c) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (d) the Borrower may declare and make Restricted Payments in the form of dividends or other distributions (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary so long as at the time of such making or declaration (i) no Default shall be then continuing and (ii) after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Adjusted Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 3.75 to 1.0.

 

SECTION 6.07.  Transactions with Affiliates .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its wholly owned Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate and (c)  any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.06.

 

SECTION 6.08.  Restrictive Agreements .  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 6.08 (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness and (v) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases restricting the assignment thereof.

 

SECTION 6.09.  Financial Covenants .  (a)  Adjusted Leverage Ratio .  The Adjusted Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.00 to 1.0 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.

 

(b)            EBITDAR to Interest and Rental Expense .  The ratio of EBITDAR for the four fiscal quarter period ending on the applicable measurement date to the sum of (i) Cash Interest Expense for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such measurement date plus (ii) Rental Expense for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such measurement date shall not be less than 1.90 to 1.0 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter.

 

48



 

SECTION 6.10.  Sale and Leaseback .  Except for leases that, upon completion of construction by the Borrower, meet the criteria of Emerging Issues Task Force (“ EITF ”) 97-10 and that qualify for sale-leaseback treatment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 98, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement or arrangement with any other Person providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to such other Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 6.11.  Sale of Assets .  The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, lease, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of its Property to any other Person, except:

 

(a)            sales of inventory and obsolete or excess assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)            sales, leases and transfers of Property (a) from the Borrower to any Guarantor, and (b) from any Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Borrower or any Guarantor;

 

(c)            (i) one or more transfers to a wholly-owned Subsidiary or wholly-owned Subsidiaries organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, of the right to license or use certain intellectual property assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries exclusively outside of the United States and (ii) the subsequent licensing by such Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of such intellectual property assets to third Persons that have contracted with the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to develop and operate restaurants and related businesses under the trademarks of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outside of the United States; and

 

(d)            other sales, assignments, transfers, leases, conveyances or other dispositions of its Property, provided that (a) such disposition is for consideration consisting of cash or a combination of cash and notes, the principal amount of which notes shall not exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate, (b) such disposition is for not less than fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower’s board of directors if the total consideration for such disposition is equal to or greater than $20,000,000), (c) after giving effect to such disposition, no Default shall exist, and (d) such Property, together with all other Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries previously leased, sold or disposed of (other than inventory and obsolete or excess assets in the ordinary course of business) calculated at book value (i) during the immediately preceding twelve-month period, represents the disposition of not greater than 5% of the Borrower’s Consolidated Total Assets at the end of the fiscal year immediately preceding that in which such transaction is proposed to be entered into, and (ii) during the period from the Closing Date to the date of such proposed transaction, represents the disposition of not greater than 15% of the Borrower’s Consolidated Total Assets at the end of the fiscal year immediately preceding that in which such transaction is proposed to be entered into.

 

49



 

ARTICLE VII

 

Events of Default

 

If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur:

 

(a)            the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

 

(b)            the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

 

(c)            any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made;

 

(d)            the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

 

(e)            any Loan party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article) or in any other Loan Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to such Person (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

 

(f)             the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable;

 

(g)            any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(h)            an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any  Federal,

 

50



 

state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

 

(i)             the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

(j)             the Borrower or any Significant Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

(k)            one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $15,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed (by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise), or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

 

(l)             an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding (i) $10,000,000 in any year or (ii) $20,000,000 for all periods; or

 

(m)           a Change in Control shall occur;

 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower or a Significant Subsidiary described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times:  (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become  due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower or a Significant Subsidiary described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically

 

51



 

terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

The Administrative Agent

 

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

 

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.  The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

52



 

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person.  The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon.  The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties.  The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

 

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower.  Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor.  If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder.  The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor.  After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

53



 

ARTICLE IX

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 9.01.  Notices .  (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

 

(i)             if to the Borrower, to it at 26901 Malibu Hills Road, Calabasas Hills, CA 91301, Attention of Matthew Clark (Telecopy No. (866) 788-8849);

 

(ii)            if to the Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, to JPMorgan Loan Services, JPMorgan Chase Bank, 10 South Dearborn, 19 th  Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603, Attention of Sabana Johnson (Facsimile No. (888) 292-9533), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 560 Mission Street, 19 th  Floor, San Francisco, California 94105, Attention of Alex Rogin (Telecopy No.(415) 315-5722);

 

(iii)           if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

 

(b)            Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

(c)            Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.  All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

 

SECTION 9.02.  Waivers; Amendments .  (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power.  The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have.  No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of

 

54



 

a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

(b)            Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, or (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the  written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder (including any amendments or modifications to Section 2.19) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be.

 

(c)            If any action to be taken by the Lenders or the Administrative Agent hereunder requires the unanimous consent, authorization, or agreement of all Lenders and if such action has received the consent, authorization, or agreement of the Required Lenders but not all of the Lenders, then Agent (after receipt of a request from the Borrower), upon at least 5 Business Days prior irrevocable notice, may permanently replace any Lender (a “ Holdout Lender ”) that failed to give its consent, authorization, or agreement with one or more other Lenders willing to provide such consent, authorization or agreement (each, a “ Replacement Lender ”) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and the Holdout Lender shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder.  Such notice to replace the Holdout Lender shall specify an effective date for such replacement, which date shall not be later than 10 Business Days after the date such notice is given and no more than 60 days after the date such consent, authorization or agreement was sought.  Prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender and each Replacement Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption, subject only to the Holdout Lender being repaid the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever.  If the Holdout Lender shall refuse or fail to execute and deliver any such Assignment and Assumption prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption.  The replacement of any Holdout Lender shall be made in accordance with the terms of Section 9.04 .

 

55



 

SECTION 9.03.  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver .  (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, including the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any one counsel retained on behalf of the Lenders, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its or their rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during  any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

 

(b)            The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

 

(c)            To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such.

 

56



 

(d)            To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(e)            All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten days after written demand therefor.

 

SECTION 9.04.  Successors and Assigns .  (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)            (i)             Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

 

(A)           the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee;

 

(B)            the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of any Commitment to an assignee that is a Lender with a Commitment immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment; and

 

(C)            the Issuing Bank.

 

(ii)            Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(A)           except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such

 

57



 

assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(B)            each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(C)            the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

 

(D)           the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower, the Loan Parties and their related parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

 

For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term “ Approved Fund ” has the following meaning:

 

Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

(iii)           Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

 

(iv)           The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and

 

58



 

Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(v)            Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.06(b), 2.17(d) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

(c)            (i)             Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant.  Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17(c) as though it were a Lender.

 

(ii)            A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.14 or 2.16 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive

 

59



 

with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.  A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.16 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.16(e) as though it were a Lender.

 

(d)            Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

SECTION 9.05.  Survival .  All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments  delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.  The provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

SECTION 9.06.  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.07.  Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to

 

60



 

the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 9.08.  Right of Setoff .  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured.  The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

 

SECTION 9.09.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .  (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

(b)            The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

(c)            The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section.  Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)            Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01.  Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

SECTION 9.10.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING

 

61



 

DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

SECTION 9.11.  Headings .  Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.12.  Confidentiality .  (a)  Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii)  any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.  For the purposes of this Section, “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.  Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

(b)            EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 9.12(a) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE BORROWER AND  ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-

 

62



 

PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

(c)            ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE BORROWER OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE LOAN PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES.  ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

 

SECTION 9.13.  Interest Rate Limitation .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “ Charges ”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “ Maximum Rate ”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

SECTION 9.14.  USA PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

 

SECTION 9.15.  California Judicial Reference .  If any action or proceeding is filed in a court of the State of California by or against any party hereto in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (a) the parties agree, and hereby agree to advise the applicable court, that the adjudication of any such action or proceeding (and all related claims) shall be made pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 by a referee (who shall be a single active or retired judge) who shall hear and determine all of the issues in such action or proceeding (whether of fact or of law) and report a statement of decision, provided that at the option of any party to such proceeding, any such issues pertaining to a “provisional remedy” as defined in California Code of Civil Procedure

 

63



 

Section 1281.8 shall be heard and determined by the court, and (b) without limiting the generality of Section 9.03, the Borrower shall be solely responsible to pay all fees and expenses of any referee appointed in such action or proceeding.

 

64



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

 

 

 

By

/s/ W. Douglas Benn

 

 

Name: W. Douglas Benn

 

 

Title: EVP, CFO

 

65



 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, individually and as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender

 

 

 

By

/s/ Alex Rogin

 

 

Name: Alex Rogin

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

66



 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender

 

 

 

By

/s/ Alex Rogin

 

 

Name: Alex Rogin

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

67



 

 

BANK OF THE WEST, as a Lender

 

 

 

By

/s/ David Alterman

 

 

Name: David Alterman

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

68



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

By

/s/ Janet M. Palantone

 

 

Name: Janet M. Palantone

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

69



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender

 

 

 

By

/s/ William G. Ross

 

 

Name: William G. Ross

 

 

Title: Vice President/Relationship Manager

 

70



 

 

COÖPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK NEDERLAND”, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender

 

 

 

By

/s/ Marina Kremer

 

 

Name: Marina Kremer

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Sherman

 

 

Name: Andrew Sherman

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

71



 

 

FIFTH THIRD BANK, as a Lender

 

 

 

By

/s/ Gary S. Losey

 

 

Name: Gary S. Losey

 

 

Title: VP-Corporate Banking

 

72



 

 

UNION BANK, N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

By

/s/ David J. Stassel

 

 

Name: David J. Stassel

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

73



 

 

U.S. BANK N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

By

/s/ Jeffrey R. Bendix

 

 

Name: Jeffrey R. Bendix

 

 

Title: Assistant Vice President

 

74



 

SCHEDULE 2.01

Commitments and Applicable Percentages

 

Revolving Lenders

 

Commitment

 

Applicable Percentage

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association

 

$

35,000,000

 

17.5

%

Bank of the West

 

$

35,000,000

 

17.5

%

Bank of America, N.A.

 

$

30,000,000

 

15.0

%

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

 

$

20,000,000

 

10.0

%

Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., “Rabobank Nederland”, New York Branch

 

$

20,000,000

 

10.0

%

Fifth Third Bank

 

$

20,000,000

 

10.0

%

Union Bank, N.A.

 

$

20,000,000

 

10.0

%

U.S. Bank N.A.

 

$

20,000,000

 

10.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

200,000,000

 

100.000000

%

 

75



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”).  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement identified below  (as amended, the “ Loan Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee.  The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

 

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Loan Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Loan Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Loan Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “ Assigned Interest ”).  Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1.

Assignor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ](1)]

 

 

 

 

3.

Borrower(s):

 

The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated

 

 

 

 

4.

Administrative Agent:

 

JPMorgan Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent under the Loan Agreement

 

 

 

 

5.

Loan Agreement:

 

The $200,000,000 Loan Agreement dated as of                          , 2010 among The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated, the Lenders

 


(1)  Select as applicable

 

A-1



 

 

 

 

parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto

 

 

 

 

6.

Assigned Interest:

 

 

 

Facility Assigned

 

Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders

 

Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned

 

Percentage Assigned of
Commitment/Loans(2)

 

Revolving Commitment

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

Effective Date:                                  , 20       [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

 

The Assignee agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent a completed Administrative Questionnaire in which the Assignee designates one or more Credit Contacts to whom all syndicate-level information  (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower, the Loan Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

 

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

 

ASSIGNOR

 

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Title:

 


(2)  Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

 

A-2



 

[Consented to and](3)  Accepted:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent

 

By

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[Consented to:](4)

 

 

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Title:

 


(3)  To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Loan Agreement.

(4)  To be added only if the consent of the Borrower is required by the terms of the Loan Agreement.

 

A-3



 

ANNEX 1

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

1.  Representations and Warranties .

 

1.1   Assignor .  The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

 

1.2.  Assignee .  The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Loan Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Loan Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Loan Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

2.  Payments .  From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the

 



 

Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

3.  General Provisions .  This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption.  This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 


 

EXHIBIT 21.0

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

The Cheesecake Factory Restaurants, Inc., a California corporation

 

The Cheesecake Factory Bakery Incorporated, a California corporation

 

C.F.I. Promotions Co. LLC, a Colorado limited liability company

 

TCF Co. LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

 

The Houston Cheesecake Factory Corporation, a Texas corporation

 

Cheesecake Factory Restaurants of Kansas LLC, a Kansas limited liability company

 

Grand Lux Cafe LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

 

GLC Galleria Club, Inc., a Texas corporation

 

Hawaii Cheesecake Factory Restaurants Inc., a Hawaii corporation

 

Rock Sugar Incorporated, a California corporation

 

The Cheesecake Factory of Howard County LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

Middle East T.C.F. Corporation, a California corporation

 

Middle East IP Corporation, a California corporation

 


 

EXHIBIT 23.0

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Nos. 033-88414, 333-34524, 333-33173, 333-53302, 333-64464, 333-87070, 333-101757, 333-118757 and 333-167298) of The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated of our report dated February 23, 2011 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 23, 2011

 


 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

I, David Overton, certify that:

 

1.                 I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated;

 

2.                 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                 Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                 The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)                   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

(b)                  designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)                   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)                  disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                 The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)             all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)            any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

February 23, 2011

 

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID OVERTON

 

 

David Overton

 

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 


 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

I, W. Douglas Benn, certify that:

 

1.                 I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated;

 

2.                 Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                 Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                 The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)             designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

(b)            designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)             evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)            disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                 The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)             all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)            any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

February 23, 2011

 

 

 

 

/s/ W. DOUGLAS BENN

 

 

W. Douglas Benn

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 


 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David Overton, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)                         The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)                         The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented such report.

 

February 23, 2011

 

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID OVERTON

 

 

David Overton

 

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 


 

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

THE CHEESECAKE FACTORY INCORPORATED

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of The Cheesecake Factory Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, W. Douglas Benn, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)                The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)                The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented such report.

 

February 23, 2011

 

 

 

 

/s/ W. DOUGLAS BENN

 

 

W. Douglas Benn

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer